Conditions: Myelofibrosis
Keywords: Myelofibrosis Imetelstat GRN163L Relapsed/refractory to JAKi IMbark
Allocation: RANDOMIZED | Intervention model: PARALLEL
Enrollment: 107
Healthy volunteers: no

Brief summary:
The purpose of this study is to evaluate the efficacy and safety of 2 dose regimens of imetelstat in participants with intermediate-2 or high-risk myelofibrosis (MF) whose disease is relapsed after or is refractory to Janus Kinase (JAK) inhibitor treatment. Key secondary endpoint includes overall survival.

Detailed description:
This is a randomized (study medication assigned to participants by chance), multicenter (more than one hospital, medical school team or medical clinic work on a medical research study) study of 2 dosing regimens (treatment arms) of single-agent imetelstat in participants with intermediate-2 or high risk myelofibrosis (MF) whose disease is relapsed after or refractory to Janus Kinase (JAK) inhibitor treatment. The main study consists of 3 parts: Screening Phase (21 days before randomization); Treatment Phase (from randomization until study drug discontinuation); and Follow up Phase (until death, lost to follow-up, withdrawal of consent or study end, whichever occurs first). Participants received imetelstat 9.4 milligram (mg)/kilogram (kg) intravenously (IV) for every 3 weeks until disease progression, unacceptable toxicity, or study end OR imetelstat 4.7 mg/kg IV for every 3 weeks until disease progression, unacceptable toxicity, or study end. Initially, all participants were blinded to the treatment. After the first interim analysis, treatment for all participants was unblinded and participants assigned to the imetelstat 4.7 mg/kg arm could continue with their same imetelstat dose or have it increased to 9.4 mg/kg at the investigator's discretion. The percentage of spleen response and symptom response were evaluated as co-primary endpoints. Following completion of the primary analysis, participants benefiting from study treatment could continue to receive imetelstat in Extension phase for up to 2 years or until loss of benefit or unacceptable toxicity. Participants who had already stopped study treatment could enter the Extension phase to continue follow up for safety via serious adverse event collection and for survival status.

Arms:
arm 1: None arm 2: None

Interventions: intervention 1: Imetelstat 4.7 mg/kg intervention 2: Imetelstat 9.4 mg/kg
Intervention descriptions: intervention 1: Participants received imetelstat 4.7 mg/kg of body weight as intravenous infusion on Day 1 of each 21-day cycle. Study drug was administered intravenously until disease progression, unacceptable toxicity, or study end. intervention 2: Participants received imetelstat 9.4 mg/kg of body weight as intravenous infusion on Day 1 of each 21-day cycle until disease progression, unacceptable toxicity, or study end.

Protocol document:
Prot_000.pdf: 
 
Official Title: 
A Randomized, Single-Blind, Multicenter Phase 2 Study to Evaluate the 
Activity of 2 Dose Levels of Imetelstat in Subjects With Intermediate-2 or 
High-Risk Myelofibrosis (MF) Relapsed/Refractory to Janus Kinase (JAK) 
Inhibitor 
 
NCT Number: 
NCT02426086 
 
Document Date: 
 
Protocol Amendment 5: 28 March 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


1 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019  
Geron Corporation* 
 
Clinical Protocol 
 
A Randomized, Single-Blind, Multicenter Phase 2 Study to Evaluate the Activity of 2 Dose 
Levels of Imetelstat in Subjects with Intermediate-2 or High-Risk Myelofibrosis (MF) 
Relapsed/Refractory to Janus Kinase (JAK) Inhibitor 
 
Protocol 63935937MYF2001; Phase 2 
AMENDMENT 5 
 
 GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
* As of protocol amendment 5, the term “sponsor”, as used throughout this protocol, refers to Geron 
Corporation.  Prior to protocol amendment 5, this study was sponsored by Janssen Research & 
Development or its related legal entities. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
US sites of this study will be conducted under US Food & Drug Administration IND regulations 
(21 CFR Part 312). 
 
EudraCT NUMBER:           2015-000946-41 
 
 
Status: 
Approved 
Date: 
28 March 2019 
Prepared by: Geron Corporation 
 
GCP Compliance:  This study will be conducted in compliance with Good Clinical Practice, and applicable regulatory 
requirements.  
Confidentiality Statement 
The information in this document contains trade secrets and commercial information that are privileged or confidential and may 
not be disclosed unless such disclosure is required by applicable law or regulations. In any event, persons to whom the 
information is disclosed must be informed that the information is privileged or confidential and may not be further disclosed by 
them. These restrictions on disclosure will apply equally to all future information supplied to you that is indicated as privileged or 
confidential. 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
2 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019  
TABLE OF CONTENTS 
TABLE OF CONTENTS ............................................................................................................................... 2 
LIST OF ATTACHMENTS ............................................................................................................................ 4 
LIST OF IN-TEXT TABLES AND FIGURES ................................................................................................ 5 
PROTOCOL AMENDMENTS ....................................................................................................................... 6 
SYNOPSIS .................................................................................................................................................. 19 
TIME AND EVENTS SCHEDULE (MAIN STUDY)..................................................................................... 23 
TIME AND EVENTS SCHEDULE (EXTENSION PHASE) ......................................................................... 27 
TIME AND EVENTS SCHEDULE (PK SAMPLING) .................................................................................. 28 
ABBREVIATIONS ...................................................................................................................................... 29 
1. 
INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................ 31 
1.1. 
Background .................................................................................................................................... 31 
1.1.1. 
Imetelstat .................................................................................................................................... 31 
1.1.2. 
Myelofibrosis ............................................................................................................................... 31 
1.1.3. 
Treatment Options for Myelofibrosis ........................................................................................... 31 
1.1.4. 
Rationale for Use of Imetelstat in Myeloproliferative Neoplasm (MPNs) ................................... 33 
1.1.5. 
Study CP14B019 With Imetelstat in Myelofibrosis ..................................................................... 34 
1.1.5.1. 
Clinical Efficacy Results .......................................................................................................... 34 
1.1.5.1.1. 
Spleen and Anemia Response............................................................................................. 35 
1.1.5.1.2. 
Constitutional Symptoms ..................................................................................................... 35 
1.1.5.1.3. 
Subject Status and Time on Treatment ............................................................................... 35 
1.1.5.1.4. 
Efficacy Data in Subjects Previously Treated With a JAK Inhibitor ..................................... 35 
1.1.5.2. 
Clinical Pharmacology of Imetelstat ........................................................................................ 36 
1.1.5.3. 
Clinical Safety of Imetelstat in Myelofibrosis ........................................................................... 36 
1.1.5.3.1. 
Hematologic Toxicities ......................................................................................................... 36 
1.1.5.3.2. 
Non-Hematologic Toxicities ................................................................................................. 37 
1.1.5.3.3. 
Hepatotoxicity ....................................................................................................................... 37 
1.1.6. 
Target Engagement With Imetelstat ........................................................................................... 37 
1.1.7. 
Differentiation of Response by Exposure ................................................................................... 38 
1.2. 
Overall Rationale for the Study ...................................................................................................... 38 
2. 
OBJECTIVES AND HYPOTHESIS ................................................................................................... 39 
2.1. 
Objectives ...................................................................................................................................... 39 
2.2. 
Hypothesis ..................................................................................................................................... 40 
3. 
STUDY DESIGN AND RATIONALE ................................................................................................. 40 
3.1. 
Overview of Study Design .............................................................................................................. 40 
3.2. 
Study Design Rationale .................................................................................................................. 44 
3.2.1. 
Rationale for Protocol Changes Following the First Interim Review .......................................... 46 
3.2.2. 
Rationale for the Extension Phase ............................................................................................. 48 
4. 
SUBJECT POPULATION .................................................................................................................. 48 
4.1. 
Inclusion Criteria ............................................................................................................................ 49 
4.2. 
Exclusion Criteria ........................................................................................................................... 50 
4.3. 
Prohibitions and Restrictions ......................................................................................................... 52 
5. 
TREATMENT ALLOCATION AND BLINDING ................................................................................. 52 
6. 
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION .................................................................................................. 53 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
3 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019  
 
 54 
 
 55 
 
 55 
6.4. 
Infusion-Related Reactions ............................................................................................................ 55 
7. 
TREATMENT COMPLIANCE ............................................................................................................ 56 
8. 
PRESTUDY AND CONCOMITANT THERAPY ................................................................................ 56 
9. 
STUDY EVALUATIONS .................................................................................................................... 57 
9.1. 
Study Procedures ........................................................................................................................... 57 
9.1.1. 
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 57 
9.1.2. 
Screening Phase ........................................................................................................................ 58 
9.1.3. 
Single-Blind Treatment Phase .................................................................................................... 59 
9.1.4. 
Posttreatment Phase (Follow-Up) .............................................................................................. 60 
9.1.5. 
Extension Phase ......................................................................................................................... 61 
9.2. 
Efficacy ........................................................................................................................................... 62 
9.2.1. 
Evaluations ................................................................................................................................. 62 
9.2.2. 
Endpoints .................................................................................................................................... 65 
9.3. 
Pharmacokinetic and Immunogenicity Evaluations ....................................................................... 66 
9.3.1. 
Sample Collection and Handling ................................................................................................ 66 
9.3.2. 
Analytical Procedures ................................................................................................................. 67 
9.3.3. 
Pharmacokinetic Parameters ..................................................................................................... 67 
9.3.4. 
Immunogenicity Assessments .................................................................................................... 68 
9.4. 
Pharmacodynamic Evaluations ...................................................................................................... 68 
9.5. 
Pharmacokinetic/Pharmacodynamic Evaluations .......................................................................... 68 
9.6. 
Biomarkers ..................................................................................................................................... 68 
9.7. 
Patient Reported Outcomes ........................................................................................................... 69 
9.8. 
Safety Evaluations ......................................................................................................................... 70 
9.9. 
Sample Collection and Handling .................................................................................................... 73 
10. 
SUBJECT COMPLETION/WITHDRAWAL ....................................................................................... 73 
10.1. 
Completion ..................................................................................................................................... 73 
10.2. 
Discontinuation of Study Treatment ............................................................................................... 74 
10.3. 
Withdrawal From the Study ............................................................................................................ 74 
11. 
STATISTICAL METHODS ................................................................................................................. 75 
11.1. 
Analysis Set ................................................................................................................................... 75 
11.2. 
Sample Size Determination ........................................................................................................... 75 
11.3. 
Subject Information ........................................................................................................................ 76 
11.4. 
Efficacy Analyses ........................................................................................................................... 76 
11.5. 
Pharmacokinetic Analyses ............................................................................................................. 77 
11.6. 
Immunogenicity Analyses .............................................................................................................. 78 
11.7. 
Pharmacokinetic/Pharmacodynamic Analyses .............................................................................. 78 
11.8. 
Biomarker Analyses ....................................................................................................................... 78 
11.9. 
Safety Analyses ............................................................................................................................. 78 
11.10. Interim Review ............................................................................................................................... 80 
11.11. Data Analysis Committees ............................................................................................................. 80 
12. 
ADVERSE EVENT REPORTING ...................................................................................................... 81 
12.1. 
Definitions ...................................................................................................................................... 81 
12.1.1. 
Adverse Event Definitions and Classifications ........................................................................... 81 
12.1.2. 
Attribution Definitions .................................................................................................................. 82 
12.1.3. 
Severity Criteria .......................................................................................................................... 83 
12.2. 
Special Reporting Situations .......................................................................................................... 83 
12.3. 
Procedures ..................................................................................................................................... 84 
12.3.1. 
All Adverse Events ...................................................................................................................... 84 
12.3.2. 
Serious Adverse Events ............................................................................................................. 85 
12.3.3. 
Adverse Events of Interest ......................................................................................................... 87 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
4 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019  
12.3.3.1. 
Elevated Liver Function Tests (LFTs) ..................................................................................... 87 
12.3.3.2. 
Hepatic Adverse Events .......................................................................................................... 87 
12.3.4. 
Pregnancy ................................................................................................................................... 87 
12.4. 
Contacting Sponsor Regarding Safety ........................................................................................... 87 
13. 
PRODUCT QUALITY COMPLAINT HANDLING .............................................................................. 88 
13.1. 
Procedures ..................................................................................................................................... 88 
13.2. 
Contacting Sponsor Regarding Product Quality ............................................................................ 88 
14. 
STUDY DRUG INFORMATION ......................................................................................................... 88 
14.1. 
Physical Description of Study Drug(s) ........................................................................................... 88 
14.2. 
Packaging ...................................................................................................................................... 88 
14.3. 
Labeling .......................................................................................................................................... 88 
14.4. 
Preparation, Handling, and Storage ............................................................................................... 89 
14.5. 
Drug Accountability ........................................................................................................................ 89 
15. 
STUDY-SPECIFIC MATERIALS ....................................................................................................... 89 
16. 
ETHICAL ASPECTS ......................................................................................................................... 90 
16.1. 
Study-Specific Design Considerations ........................................................................................... 90 
16.2. 
Regulatory Ethics Compliance ....................................................................................................... 91 
16.2.1. 
Investigator Responsibilities ....................................................................................................... 91 
16.2.2. 
Independent Ethics Committee or Institutional Review Board ................................................... 91 
16.2.3. 
Informed Consent ....................................................................................................................... 92 
16.2.4. 
Privacy of Personal Data ............................................................................................................ 93 
16.2.5. 
Long-Term Retention of Samples for Additional Future Research ............................................ 94 
16.2.6. 
Country Selection ....................................................................................................................... 94 
17. 
ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS .............................................................................................. 94 
17.1. 
Protocol Amendments .................................................................................................................... 94 
17.2. 
Regulatory Documentation ............................................................................................................ 95 
17.2.1. 
Regulatory Approval/Notification ................................................................................................ 95 
17.2.2. 
Required Prestudy Documentation ............................................................................................. 95 
17.3. 
Subject Identification, Enrollment, and Screening Logs ................................................................ 96 
17.4. 
Source Documentation ................................................................................................................... 96 
17.5. 
Case Report Form Completion ...................................................................................................... 97 
17.6. 
Data Quality Assurance/Quality Control ........................................................................................ 98 
17.7. 
Record Retention ........................................................................................................................... 98 
17.8. 
Monitoring ...................................................................................................................................... 98 
17.9. 
Study Completion/Termination ....................................................................................................... 99 
17.9.1. 
Study Completion ....................................................................................................................... 99 
17.9.2. 
Study Termination ....................................................................................................................... 99 
17.10. On-Site Audits .............................................................................................................................. 100 
17.11. Use of Information and Publication .............................................................................................. 100 
REFERENCES .......................................................................................................................................... 102 
INVESTIGATOR AGREEMENT ............................................................................................................... 119 
 
LIST OF ATTACHMENTS 
Attachment 1: 
Modified Myelofibrosis Symptom Assessment Form v2.0 (modified MFSAF 
v2.0) .......................................................................................................................... 104 
Attachment 2: 
European Organization for Research and Treatment of Cancer QLQ-C30  
(EORTC QLQ-C30) .................................................................................................. 105 
Attachment 3: 
Brief Pain Inventory (Short Form) (BPI) ................................................................... 107 
Attachment 4: 
Patient’s Global Impression of Change (PGIC) ........................................................ 109 
Attachment 5: 
EuroQol-EQ-5D (EQ-5D-5L) ..................................................................................... 110 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
5 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019  
Attachment 6: 
World Health Organization (WHO) Diagnostic Criteria for Polycythemia Vera, 
Essential Thrombocythemia and Primary Myelofibrosis .......................................... 113 
Attachment 7: 
International Working Group for Myeloproliferative Neoplasms Research and 
Treatment (IWG-MRT) Recommended Criteria for Post-Polycythemia Vera 
and Post-essential Thrombocythemia Myelofibrosis ................................................ 114 
Attachment 8: 
Dynamic International Prognostic Scoring System (DIPSS) .................................... 115 
Attachment 9: 
Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group (ECOG) Performance Status ...................... 116 
Attachment 10: 
Screening Myelofibrosis (MF) Symptom Form ......................................................... 117 
Attachment 11: 
Myelofibrosis (MF) Symptom Recall Form ............................................................... 118 
 
LIST OF IN-TEXT TABLES AND FIGURES 
TABLES 
Table 1: 
Dose Reductions ....................................................................................................................... 53 
Table 2: 
Dose Modifications for Grade 3 Hematologic Toxicities ........................................................... 54 
Table 3: 
Dose Modifications for Grade 4 Hematologic Toxicities ........................................................... 54 
Table 4: 
Dose Modifications for Precipitous Drop in Hematologic Parameters ...................................... 55 
Table 5: 
Dose Modifications for Grade 3 and 4 Non-hematologic Toxicities .......................................... 55 
Table 6: 
Dose Modifications for Grade 3 and 4 LFT Elevations and Hepatic Adverse Events .............. 55 
Table 7: 
Management of Infusion-related Reactions .............................................................................. 56 
Table 8: 
Volume of Blood to be Collected From Each Subject ............................................................... 58 
Table 9: 
Response Categories ............................................................................................................... 64 
Table 10: Remission Parameters .............................................................................................................. 65 
 
FIGURES 
Figure 1: 
Schematic Overview of the Study Following Amendment 2 ..................................................... 43 
Figure 2: 
Schematic Overview of the Extension Phase Following Amendment 4 ................................... 44 
 
 
 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
6 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019  
PROTOCOL AMENDMENTS 
Protocol Version  
Issue Date 
Original Protocol 
8 Apr 2015 
Amendment 1 
23 November 2015 
Amendment 2 
29 September 2016 
Amendment 3 
13 March 2018 
Amendment 4 
Amendment 5 
20 December 2018 
28 March 2019 
 
Amendments are listed beginning with the most recent amendment. 
Amendment 5 (28 March 2019) 
The overall reason for the amendment: To update sponsorship change to Geron Corporation. 
 
Applicable Section(s) 
Description of Change(s) 
Rationale: To reflect change of sponsorship as of protocol amendment 5. 
Cover page, 
3.2.1. Rationale for 
Protocol Changes 
Following the First 
Interim Review, 
6. Dosage and 
Administration, 
Investigator 
Agreement  
Change of sponsor name from Janssen Research & Development to Geron Corporation, 
including change of product designation. 
Rationale: To align with new sponsor policies and manuals and to provide the most up-to-date version of the 
investigator brochure.  
7.Treatment 
Compliance, 14.4 
Preparation. 
Handling, and 
Storage, 15. Study-
specific Materials 
To replace the 2 Janssen Pharmacy Manuals (Site Investigational Product Procedures 
Manual [SIPPM] and the Investigator Product Procedure Manual [IPPM]) by 1 manual, 
named ‘Site Investigational Product Manual (SIPM)”. 
12. Adverse Event 
Reporting 
Added “or its affiliates” to the statement mentioning that the sponsor has established 
Standard Operating Procedures in conformity with regulatory requirements.  
16.2.4. Privacy of 
Personal Data 
Clarified that personal data collected during the study will be processed in compliance 
with the patient information and informed consent form and agreements with the 
sponsor. 
References 
To provide the most up-to-date version of the investigator brochure (ie, Edition 14, 
dated 30 October 2018). 
 
Amendment 4 (20 December 2018) 
The overall reason for the amendment: This amendment allows the Extension Phase established in 
Amendment 3 to continue for a second year.  
 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
7 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019  
Applicable Section(s) 
Description of Change(s) 
Rationale: Continuation of the Extension Phase is required to allow subjects still benefiting from study drug to 
continue treatment. It is anticipated that increasing the duration of the Extension Phase from 1 year to 2 years will 
allow all subjects to receive adequate treatment and will allow for additional maturity of the survival data and a 
more precise estimate of overall survival.    
Synopsis (Overview 
of Study Design); 
3.1 Overview of 
Study Design;  
3.2.2 Rationale for 
the Extension Phase; 
9.1.5 Extension 
Phase; 
17.9.1 Study 
Completion 
The duration of the Extension Phase was increased from 1 year to 2 years. The 
Extension Phase will end approximately 2 years after the clinical cutoff for the final 
analysis of the main study, or when the sponsor terminates the study, whichever occurs 
first.   
3.2.2 Rationale for 
the Extension Phase 
Text added: 
 
 
Rationale: Clarification of text was required.  
Title page 
The underlined text was added: “US sites of this study will be conducted under US Food 
& Drug Administration IND regulations (21 CFR Part 312).” 
Time and Events 
(Extension Phase) 
Footnote b was clarified for consistency with reporting requirements: “Submit a Serious 
Adverse Event Form to the sponsor within 24 hours of onset awareness of the event for 
all serious adverse events.” 
Amendment 3 (13 March 2018) 
The overall reason for the amendment: Sufficient data for the final study analysis have been collected. An 
Extension Phase was added to the protocol to allow continued treatment for subjects benefiting from treatment 
with study drug. The Extension Phase includes safety follow-up of subjects via serious adverse event collection 
and continued follow-up for survival status. 
 
Applicable Section(s) 
Description of Change(s) 
Rationale: The study is closed to further subject enrollment. Subjects who have not withdrawn from the main 
study may continue study participation in an Extension Phase. It is anticipated that 1 year will allow sufficient 
time for all subjects to receive adequate treatment and allow additional maturity of the survival data. 
Synopsis (Overview 
of Study Design); 
3.1. Overview of 
Study Design 
Subjects who are benefiting from imetelstat treatment when the end of the main study is 
reached may continue treatment in the newly added Extension Phase. Treatment may 
continue until there is loss of benefit or unacceptable toxicity, as determined by the 
investigator according to local standard of care. Subjects in the Posttreatment Follow-up 
Phase will enter the Extension Phase to continue follow-up of survival status. The 
Extension Phase will end approximately 1 year after the clinical cutoff for the final 
analysis of the main study, or when the sponsor terminates the study, whichever occurs 
first. 
Synopsis (Dosage and 
Administration); 
6. Dosage and 
Administration 
Text was added stating that guidelines for imetelstat dosage and administration for 
subjects who continue treatment during the Extension Phase will follow those described 
for the Treatment Phase.   


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
8 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019  
Applicable Section(s) 
Description of Change(s) 
Synopsis (Safety 
Evaluations); 
3.1. Overview of 
Study Design; 
11.11. Data Analysis 
Committee 
Confirmation was added that the Hepatic Expert Committee and Sponsor Committee 
will continue to review data collected during the Extension Phase, as required. 
3.1. Overview of 
Study Design  
A schematic overview of the Extension Phase was added as Figure 2. 
3.2.2. Rationale for 
Extension Phase; 
9.1.5. Extension 
Phase 
New sections were added. 
7. Treatment 
Compliance 
A statement was added to clarify that guidelines for study drug administration and data 
collection in place during earlier phases of the study are in effect for the Extension 
Phase. 
8. Prestudy and 
Concomitant Therapy 
A statement was added to clarify that all recommendations regarding the use of 
concomitant therapy are applicable to the Extension Phase. 
17.9.1. Study 
Completion 
Text was added to indicate that the full study will end with the completion of the 
Extension Phase. 
Synopsis (Overview 
of Study Design); 
Time and Events 
Schedule (Main 
Study); 
3.1. Overview of 
Study Design; 
9.1.1. Overview; 
11.4. Efficacy 
Analyses; 
17.4. Source 
Documentation; 
17.9.1. Study 
Completion 
Clarification was added to distinguish between the main study and the full study. The 
full study includes the Extension Phase. 
Rationale: Sufficient data will have been collected at the time of Amendment 3 to allow the final study analysis 
to occur; therefore, the scope of data collected during the Extension Phase has been reduced.   
Time and Events 
Schedule (Extension 
Phase) 
A new Time and Events Schedule was added for the Extension Phase.  
Synopsis (Safety 
Evaluations); 
9.1.1. Overview; 
12.3.4. Pregnancy 
The scope of data collection during the Extension Phase was described.  
12.3.1. All Adverse 
Events 
As of Amendment 3, only serious adverse event will be reported using the Serious 
Adverse Event Form.  
17.4. Source 
Documentation 
Text was added to describe requirements for source documentation during the Extension 
Phase. 
Rationale: The sponsor’s commitment to provide continued treatment beyond the 1-year Extension Phase has 
been restated. 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
9 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019  
Applicable Section(s) 
Description of Change(s) 
17.9.1. Study 
Completion  
The sponsor will ensure that subjects benefiting from treatment with imetelstat will be 
able to continue treatment after the end of the study their assigned treatment.   
Rationale: Enhanced data collection is required to help characterize serious hemorrhagic adverse events and 
serious hepatic adverse events. 
12.3.2. Serious 
Adverse Events  
A subsection was added to guide collection of additional data for subjects who 
experience serious hemorrhagic adverse events or serious hepatic adverse events.  
Rationale: A description of the analysis planned for data collected during the Extension Phase is required. 
Synopsis (Statistical 
Methods); 
11.4. Efficacy 
Analyses 
The last 2 planned efficacy analyses include: (4) the final analysis at the end of the main 
study, which is defined as 18 months after the last subject is enrolled or when the 
sponsor terminates the study, whichever comes first; and (5) OS-related analysis will be 
performed or updated when the Extension Phase has ended. 
Rationale: Updated information regarding hematologic toxicity, non-hematologic toxicity, and hepatotoxicity is 
available. 
1.1.5.3.1. 
Hematologic 
Toxicity; 
1.1.5.3.2. Non-
hematologic Toxicity; 
1.1.5.3.3. 
Hepatotoxicity 
Text was added directing investigators to the current Investigator’s Brochure for the 
latest description of hematologic, non-hematologic, and hepatic safety information. The 
information retained in Section 1 support the design of the main study. 
Rationale: Progressive disease of myelofibrosis was incorrectly identified as an anticipated event rather than a 
study endpoint.   
12.3.1. All Adverse 
Events 
Text was corrected to indicate that progressive disease of myelofibrosis is not an 
anticipated event, but rather a study endpoint.  
Rationale: A later version of the Investigator’s Brochure is available. 
References 
Reference 21 was updated to the current version of the Investigator’s Brochure. 
Rationale: Minor errors were noted 
Throughout the 
protocol 
Minor grammatical, formatting, or spelling changes were made. 
 
Amendment 2 (29 September 2016) 
This amendment is considered to be substantial based on the criteria set forth in Article 10(a) of Directive 
2001/20/EC of the European Parliament and the Council of the European Union.   
The overall reason for the amendment: Changes to study conduct are required following the first interim 
review, which included data for 40 subjects (20 subjects per treatment arm) followed-up for at least 12 weeks. 
 
Applicable Section(s) 
Description of Change(s) 
Rationale: 
 
 
 
 
 
 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
10 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019  
Applicable Section(s) 
Description of Change(s) 
Synopsis (Overview 
of Study Design); 
3.1. Overview of 
Study Design 
11.2. Sample Size 
Determination 
Text was added to acknowledge that the original study design allowed for enrollment of 
approximately 200 subjects; however, following the first interim review of data, and in 
line with Protocol Amendment 2, enrollment of new subjects into Arm A was suspended 
and enrollment into Arm B was permanently closed. Therefore, total enrollment in the 
study may be approximately 160 subjects if enrollment in Arm A is resumed after the 
second interim review.  
Synopsis (Overview 
of Study Design); 
3.1. Overview of 
Study Design 
5. Treatment 
Allocation and 
Blinding 
9.1.2. Screening 
Phase 
9.1.3. Single-Blind 
Treatment Phase 
Text was modified where appropriate to indicate that randomization is no longer part of 
the study design. References to “randomization” have been changed to 
“randomization/registration” to accurately reflect that subjects in the Screening Phase at 
the time randomization was stopped may enter the study through registration rather than 
randomization.  
Synopsis (Overview 
of Study Design); 
3.1. Overview of 
Study Design 
5. Treatment 
Allocation and 
Blinding 
9.1.3. Single-Blind 
Treatment Phase 
16.1. Study-Specific 
Design 
Considerations 
Beginning with Protocol Amendment 2, neither subjects nor investigators will be 
blinded to subject treatment assignment. 
Synopsis (Dosage and 
Administration); 
3.1. Overview of 
Study Design; 
5. Treatment 
Allocation and 
Blinding 
Beginning with Protocol Amendment 2, enrollment of new subjects into Arm A 
(9.4 mg/kg) is suspended and enrollment into Arm B (4.7 mg/kg) is permanently closed. 
Subjects in Arm B may continue their current treatment or have their dose increased to 
9.4 mg/kg at the investigator’s discretion according to the guidance provided in Section 
6. Subjects in Arm A may continue treatment at the investigator’s discretion. Subjects in 
either arm who discontinue treatment will continue in the Posttreatment Follow-up 
Phase.  
 
Synopsis (Dosage and 
Administration); 
Time and Events 
Schedule (footnote 
‘a’) 
3.1. Overview of 
Study Design 
5. Treatment 
Allocation and 
Blinding 
Any subject already in the Screening Phase at the time study enrollment was suspended, 
and who was subsequently determined to be eligible for the study, was allowed to 
proceed with treatment assignment to the 9.4 mg/kg arm per investigator discretion, 
subject agreement, and IRB/IEC notification. 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
11 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019  
Applicable Section(s) 
Description of Change(s) 
Synopsis (Interim 
Review); 
3.1. Overview of 
Study Design; 
11.10. Interim 
Review 
Text was added to clarify that the first interim review has occurred but was designed 
prospectively. 
Figure 1, Schematic 
Overview of the 
Study 
The study schematic diagram was updated to show suspension of enrollment and the 
option for eligible subjects to have their dose increased from 4.7 mg/kg to 9.4 mg/kg.  
Synopsis (Interim 
Review); 
Synopsis (Statistical 
Methods) 
3.1. Overview of 
Study Design 
11.4. Efficacy 
Analyses 
11.10. Interim 
Review 
Text was added describing the timing of a new, second planned interim review, data to 
be assessed in the second interim review, and guidelines for interpretation of results.  
3.2.1. Rationale for 
Protocol Changes 
Following First 
Interim Review 
A new section was added to describe the results of the first interim data review and the 
resulting changes to study conduct.  
Rationale: Subjects in the 4.7 mg/kg arm should only be escalated to the 9.4 mg/kg dose if their current status 
supports administration of the higher dose. 
6.0. Dosage and 
Administration (Dose 
Escalation Following 
Amendment 2) 
Beginning with Protocol Amendment 2, subjects in Arm B may continue to receive their 
current dose of imetelstat or, at the discretion of the investigator, have their dose 
increased to 9.4 mg/kg. Subjects being considered for dose escalation from 4.7 mg/kg to 
9.4 mg/kg must meet the eligibility criteria for hematologic laboratory values (inclusion 
criterion 8.1) and biochemical laboratory values (inclusion criterion 9.1). In addition, 
these subjects cannot meet any threshold for dose modification, nor can they have had 
an earlier imetelstat dose reduction.  
Rationale: Additional study procedures are required for subjects who have their dose increased from 4.7 mg/kg 
to 9.4 mg/kg so that the effect of dose escalation on safety, efficacy (including spleen volume), PK exposure, and 
target inhibition can be assessed.  
Time and Events 
Schedule;  
Time and Events 
Schedule (PK 
Sampling) 
Columns have been added to the Time and Events Schedules to show study procedures 
required for subjects who have their dose increased from 4.7 mg/kg to 9.4 mg/kg. 
Footnote ‘w’ was added to the Time and Events Schedule.  
Synopsis (Statistical 
Methods);  
11.4. Efficacy 
Analyses (Secondary 
Endpoint Analyses); 
11.9. Safety Analyses 
 
Additional safety and efficacy analyses will be performed for subjects initially treated 
with imetelstat 4.7 mg/kg who had their dose increased to 9.4 mg/kg. 
Time and Events 
Schedule (footnote 
‘h’) 
Subjects whose dose is increased from 4.7 mg/kg to 9.4 mg/kg must have an abdominal 
MRI within approximately 14 days before starting treatment at the 9.4 mg/kg dose. 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
12 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019  
Applicable Section(s) 
Description of Change(s) 
Time and Events 
Schedule (footnote 
‘i’) 
Subjects whose dose is increased from 4.7 mg/kg to 9.4 mg/kg must have spleen 
palpation performed within approximately 14 days before starting treatment at the 9.4 
mg/kg dose. 
Time and Events 
Schedule 
(footnote ’r’); Time 
and Events Schedule 
(PK Sampling, 
footnote ‘e’) 
Subjects whose dose is increased from 4.7 mg/kg to 9.4 mg/kg will have sparse PK 
blood samples collected during the first cycle of treatment at the 9.4 mg/kg dose.  
Time and Events 
Schedule 
(footnote ‘v’); 
9.4. Pharmaco- 
dynamic Evaluations 
Subjects whose dose is increased from 4.7 mg/kg to 9.4 mg/kg will have additional 
samples collected for assessment of TA, TL, and hTERT during the first 2 cycles of 
treatment at the 9.4 mg/kg dose. 
9.1.1. Study 
Evaluations 
Overview 
16.1. Study-Specific 
Design 
Considerations 
The total blood volume to be collected was increased from 508.5 mL to 604 mL. Table 8 
was updated to reconcile with study procedures and current requirements for sample 
volumes by the central laboratory. PK blood samples will be collected at the 2 hour 
post-infusion time point for all subjects until the sponsor notifies investigators that this 
collection can stop. Additional blood samples for PD and PK analyses are required only 
for subjects who have their dose increased from 4.7 mg/kg to 9.4 mg/kg, or who have 
bone marrow aspirate collected for PK analysis (Table 8 footnotes ‘f’ and ‘g’). 
Rationale: Changes or clarification to study procedures were required to improve quality of the data record. 
Synopsis (Statistical 
Methods) 
11.4. Efficacy 
Analyses 
Clarification was made that the spleen response data reviewed by the IRC will be used 
for the primary analysis, the interim data reviews, and the final analysis. 
Time and Events 
Schedule (Abdominal 
MRI; footnote ‘h’); 
9.1.4. Posttreatment 
Phase (Follow-Up) 
 
Two abdominal MRIs were added. The first, which will be performed within 30 days 
after the last dose of imetelstat, was added as an End-of Treatment Visit procedure. This 
MRI is not required if one already exists confirming disease progression or otherwise 
demonstrating cause for treatment discontinuation. The second added MRI will be 
performed during the Posttreatment Follow-up Phase, 3 months after the subject’s last 
dose of study drug, if feasible. 
Time and Events 
Schedule (Spleen 
palpation; 
footnote ‘i’); 
9.2.1. Evaluations 
(Spleen Length 
Measurement) 
Spleen palpation during the Posttreatment Follow-up Phase was added at 3 months after 
the subject’s last dose of study drug, if feasible. Assessment time points were specified 
in Section 9.2.1. 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
13 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019  
Applicable Section(s) 
Description of Change(s) 
Time and Events 
Schedule (Bone 
marrow aspirate and 
biopsy; footnote ‘j’); 
Time and Events 
Schedule (PK 
samples; footnote ‘f’) 
9.1.1. Overview 
9.3.1. Sample 
Collection and 
Handling; 
9.3.2. Analytical 
Procedures 
A sample of bone marrow aspirate and a time-matched plasma sample will be collected, 
if feasible, 24-48 hours after imetelstat dosing at Weeks 24 and 48 for evaluation of 
imetelstat concentration. 
Time and Events 
Schedule (PK 
samples; footnote 
‘r’); 
Time and Events 
Schedule (PK 
Sampling, 
footnote ‘f’) 
For each administration of imetelstat starting at Cycle 3, all subjects will have a 2-hour 
postdose (immediately before the end of infusion) PK blood sample collected. This will 
continue until the sponsor notifies investigators that the collection can stop. 
4.2. Exclusion 
Criteria; 
6.0. Dosage and 
Administration 
Clarification was added that if a subject's status changes (including laboratory results or 
receipt of additional medical records) after screening but before the first dose of study 
drug is given such that he or she no longer meets all hematologic eligibility criteria, the 
decision to administer study drug on Cycle 1 Day 1 is at the discretion of the 
investigator provided that the subject does not meet any threshold for dose delay 
modification.  
9.1.4. Posttreatment 
Phase (Follow-Up) 
Clarification was added that a plasma sample for immunogenicity testing should be 
collected at the first follow-up visit. 
9.2.1. Evaluations 
(Imaging) 
Clarification was added that there will be local MRI review in addition to central MRI 
review by the IRC. Text referring to MRI interpretation by the central imaging vendor 
was deleted. Text was added to emphasize that treatment decisions following spleen 
volume assessment will be based on the IRC assessment.  
Rationale: Janssen Research & Development standard protocol text has been updated. 
Title Page 
Janssen Infectious Diseases BVBA was deleted as one of the legal entities comprising 
Janssen Research & Development. 
12.3.1. All Adverse 
Events 
Additional text was added describing Anticipated Events and the reporting process for 
serious Anticipated Events. 
Rationale: Minor errors were noted 
Throughout the 
protocol 
Minor grammatical, formatting, or spelling changes were made. 
 
 
Amendment 1 (23 November 2015) 
This amendment is considered to be substantial based on the criteria set forth in Article 10(a) of Directive 
2001/20/EC of the European Parliament and the Council of the European Union.   


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
14 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019  
The overall reason for the amendment: This amendment makes revisions to study eligibility criteria based on 
feedback from investigators and discussion with the Independent Hepatic Expert Committee, and clarifies some 
aspects of study conduct.  
 
Applicable Section(s) 
Description of Change(s) 
Rationale: Additional clarification was required for the definition of disease progression during or after JAK 
inhibitor therapy. In addition, because MRI or palpation measurement may not always be considered routine 
standard of care, eligibility may be demonstrated using CT or ultrasound measurements. 
4.1. Inclusion Criteria 
(criterion 6.1) 
Subjects are required to have worsening of splenomegaly-related abdominal pain in 
conjunction with either no reduction in spleen volume or size after 12 weeks of JAK 
inhibitor therapy; or documented worsening splenomegaly from nadir at any time after 
the start of JAK inhibitor therapy. For documentation of splenomegaly, CT was added as 
an accepted imaging modality by which to demonstrate increase in spleen volume. CT 
and ultrasound were added as accepted imaging modalities to demonstrate increase in 
spleen size.  
Rationale: Redundant information deleted. All screening procedures are to be completed within 21 days before 
randomization. 
4.1. Inclusion Criteria 
(criterion 8.1) 
Reference to the 21-day period before randomization for absolute neutrophil count and 
platelet count was deleted.  
Rationale: Criteria for liver function test values did not account for the high prevalence of elevated ALP and 
bilirubin abnormalities in the target population, which reflect disease course rather than presence of liver damage.  
4.1. Inclusion Criteria 
(criterion 9.1) 
ALP criteria changed from ≤2.5 x ULN to ≤5 x ULN. Criteria for bilirubin changed 
from direct bilirubin ≤1.5 x ULN to total bilirubin ≤3 x ULN and direct bilirubin ≤ 2 x 
ULN.  
Rationale: Clarification of exclusion criterion required. 
4.2. Exclusion 
Criteria (criterion 3.1) 
Clarification added that subjects are excluded if they experienced major surgery prior to 
randomization. 
Rationale: Subjects must be free from the effects of all prior MF therapy to prevent confounding of the imetelstat 
treatment effect. 
 
  
4.2. Exclusion 
Criteria 
(criterion 4.1) 
Any MF-directed therapy was added categorically as a possible prior therapy requiring 
washout before study entry. Reference to prior treatment with growth factors was 
removed, as independence from growth factor support is addressed in inclusion 
criterion 8.1. 
 
. 
9.1.2. Screening 
Phase 
 
 
 
. 
Time and Events 
Schedule (footnotes 
e, h) 
Collection of screening symptoms using the Screening Myelofibrosis Symptom Form 
(footnote “e”) and the screening abdominal MRI (footnote “h”) must be performed after 
.  


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
15 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019  
Applicable Section(s) 
Description of Change(s) 
Rationale: Subjects with hepatitis infections that are unlikely to cause long-term liver damage may be included 
without additional risk.   
4.2. Exclusion 
Criteria 
(criterion 9.1) 
History of prior hepatitis infection was deleted as part of the exclusion criterion. 
Subjects with active systemic hepatitis infection requiring treatment are excluded 
(carriers of hepatitis virus are permitted to enter the study). 
Rationale: To allow for investigator discretion regarding continued subject eligibility given the labile clinical 
course of this patient population. 
4.2. Exclusion 
Criteria; 
6. Dosage and 
Administration 
Text was added to the note below the list of exclusion criteria. If a subject’s status 
changes after screening but before the first dose of study drug is given, such that he or 
she no longer meets all eligibility criteria, the decision to administer study drug on 
Cycle 1 Day 1 is at the discretion of the investigator provided that the subject does not 
meet any threshold for dose delay.   
Rationale: The flexibility to use peripheral blood instead of bone marrow aspirate for cytogenetic testing will 
allow cytogenetic testing to occur when bone marrow aspiration is clinically unfeasible. Bone marrow aspirate is 
preferred to peripheral blood for cytogenetic assessment. The same sample type should be collected at screening 
and subsequent time points, if possible, because changes in cytogenetic findings may result for a given subject 
when different sample types are used.  
Synopsis (Efficacy 
Evaluations);  
Time and Events 
Schedule (footnote t); 
9.1.2. Screening 
Phase; 
9.2.1. Evaluations 
(Bone marrow); 
9.6. Biomarkers 
Text was added emphasizing that bone marrow aspirate is preferred over peripheral 
blood for cytogenetic analyses. However, a peripheral blood sample may replace bone 
marrow aspirate for cytogenetic analysis when collection of aspirate is not clinically 
feasible.  
9.6. Biomarkers; 
Time and Events 
Schedule (footnote t) 
Text added that every effort should be made to continue collecting the same type of 
sample (bone marrow aspirate or peripheral blood) at screening and subsequent time 
points when possible.  
Rationale: Revisions or clarifications to study procedures facilitate assessment of study data. 
Time and Events 
Schedule (Expanded 
LFT, footnote p); 
9.8. Safety 
Evaluations (Clinical 
Laboratory) 
An expanded liver function panel was added as a Screening Phase evaluation for all 
subjects. In the Time and Events Schedule, an expanded LFT panel was added to the 
End-of-Treatment Visit and Posttreatment Follow-up Phase for subjects with an ongoing 
adverse event of interest (consistent with Section 9.8, Safety Evaluations).  
Time and Events 
Schedule (Chemistry) 
Clinical chemistry was added as a Posttreatment Follow-up Phase evaluation for 
subjects being followed-up for elevated LFT values (consistent with Section 9.8, Safety 
Evaluations). Footnote “o” was applied to the End-of- Treatment Visit time point.  
Time and Events 
(footnote d) 
9.8. Safety 
Evaluations (Viral 
hepatitis) 
Hepatitis D serology is only required if the subject tests positive for the hepatitis B 
surface antigen (HBsAg). 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
16 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019  
Applicable Section(s) 
Description of Change(s) 
Time and Events 
Schedule (footnotes 
e, i, o); 
Section 9.1.2. 
Screening Phase 
Clarification was added that the MFSAF v2.0 e-diary (footnote “e”), spleen palpation 
(footnote “i”), and hematology assessment for eligibility (footnote “o”) must be started 
or performed after 
. 
Time and Events 
Schedule (footnote h) 
Clarified that abdominal MRI will be read locally for volume measurement.  
Time and Events 
Schedule (footnote 
h); 
9.1.2. Screening 
Phase 
Clarified that the abdominal MRI may include a portion of the pelvis in cases where the 
spleen protrudes into the pelvic cavity. 
Time and Events 
Schedule (PK 
Sampling, footnote a) 
Footnote “a” was added to clarify that all sampling times are relative to the start of 
imetelstat infusion. 
9.8. Safety 
Evaluations (Clinical 
Laboratory) 
Text was added to the serum chemistry panel stating that bilirubin fractionation is 
required at screening. The presentation of the expanded LFT panel was changed to 
match that used for the hematology and serum chemistry panels. Text was added to state 
that the expanded LFT panel is required at screening.  
Rationale: Text was updated to address the situation at some centers where imetelstat dose cannot be accurately 
measured out and administered to the nearest 0.1 mg by study personnel.  
6. Dosage and 
Administration 
The instruction to calculate the dose of imetelstat to the nearest 0.1 mg has been deleted. 
Rationale: Blood volumes to be collected from subjects during the study have changed. 
9.1.1. Procedures 
Overview; 
16.1. Study-Specific 
Design 
Considerations 
In Table 8, the blood volume collected for hepatitis serology was increased from 3 mL 
to 7.5 mL. Footnote “d” was added to explain that 2.5 mL of this sample will be used for 
PCR testing, when required.  The blood volume for each biomarker (mutational 
analysis) sample was increased from 5 mL to 6 mL (subtotal volume increased from 
20 mL to 24 mL). The total volume of blood to be collected increased from 
approximately 500 mL to approximately 508.5 mL. Text was added below Table 8 
noting that some subjects may have additional 4-mL blood samples collected if 
peripheral blood is used for cytogenetic analysis in place of bone marrow aspirate.   
Rationale: Study drug presentation may change during the study. Updated study drug information became 
available and was included in the Investigational Product Preparation Instructions (IPPI). 
14.1. Physical 
Description of Study 
Drug 
The precise size (10 mL) was deleted from description of the single-dose imetelstat vial. 
Each vial will deliver a minimum of 200 mg of reconstituted Imetelstat Sodium for 
Injection. The concentration of reconstituted Imetelstat Sodium for Injection was 
changed from 20 mg/mL to 33.33 mg/mL. 
14.2. Packaging 
Text was revised to state that imetelstat vials are provided in a protective carton and that 
all packaging will meet applicable regulatory requirements. Redundant information 
regarding the concentration of reconstituted imetelstat was deleted. 
14.4. Preparation, 
Handling, Storage 
Text stating that the product must be protected from light was deleted. The specific 
period of time following imetelstat reconstitution when the study drug can be used was 
deleted, and investigators are directed to the IPPI for this information.  


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
17 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019  
Applicable Section(s) 
Description of Change(s) 
Rationale: Clarification added to aid interpretation or for consistency with other parts of the protocol. 
Synopsis (Efficacy 
Evaluations); 
Time and Events 
Schedule (physical 
examination) 
Clarification was made that physical examination includes spleen palpation, as specified 
in other parts of the protocol. 
Time and Events 
Schedule (footnote 
o); 
9.8. Safety 
Evaluations (Clinical 
Laboratory Tests) 
Text was aligned between Section 9.8, Safety Evaluations, and footnote “o” of the Time 
and Events Schedule, regarding requirements for follow-up of bilirubin, AST, ALT, and 
ALP after Grade ≥3, and Grade 1 and 2, treatment-emergent elevations are reported. 
4.2. Exclusion 
Criteria 
A sentence was added to the note following the final exclusion criterion specifying that 
the last laboratory result obtained before randomization will be used to establish 
eligibility. 
6.1. Dose 
Modifications for 
Hematologic 
Toxicities (Table 2, 
Table 3) 
Table footnotes were revised to state that dose modifications in response to Grade 3 and 
Grade 4 hematologic malignancies are at the investigator’s discretion. 
6.3. Dose 
Modifications for 
Hepatic Toxicities 
(Table 6) 
A footnote was added to the table providing guidance for handling hepatic abnormalities 
not addressed in the table.   
8. Prestudy and 
Concomitant Therapy 
MF-directed therapy added as a prohibited medication during the study, consistent with 
exclusion criterion 4.1. 
9.1.2. Screening 
 
Consistent with other sections of the protocol, text was added stating that the sponsor 
will inform the sites which subjects have a cytogenetic abnormality based on the 
baseline analysis and who will need to have subsequent samples collected for 
cytogenetic analysis. 
Clarification was added that bone marrow aspirate and biopsy used for disease 
assessment must be performed up to 60 days before randomization. 
9.2.1. Evaluations 
(Bone marrow) 
Clarification was added that bone marrow biopsy and aspirate samples must be collected 
according to the Time and Events Schedule. Central review of bone marrow aspirate for 
efficacy analysis was deleted. Central review of bone marrow biopsy will be used to 
assess response to imetelstat for the efficacy analysis.  
9.2.1. Evaluations 
(MFSAF Diary) 
Unnecessary text “(prior to randomization)” describing the Day -7 time point was 
deleted. 
9.2.1. Evaluations 
(Table 9) 
Footnote “a” was added to Table 9. For all response categories, benefit must last 12 
weeks. This applies to clinical improvement, anemia response, spleen response, and 
symptoms response. 
Rationale: Janssen Research & Development standard protocol text has been updated. 
4. Subject Population 
Clarification was added that waivers to required entry criteria are not permitted. 
12.2. Special 
Reporting Situations 
Exposure to a sponsor study drug from breastfeeding was added as an event that may 
require expedited reporting and safety evaluation. 
16.2.2. IEC or IEB 
Clarification was made that IEC/IRB annual approval of the protocol will be obtained, 
where required. 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
18 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019  
Applicable Section(s) 
Description of Change(s) 
Rationale: Minor errors were noted 
Throughout the 
protocol 
Minor grammatical, formatting, or spelling changes were made. 
 
 
 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
19 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019  
SYNOPSIS 
A Randomized, Single-Blind, Multicenter Phase 2 Study to Evaluate the Activity of 2 Dose Levels of 
Imetelstat in Subjects with Intermediate-2 or High-Risk Myelofibrosis (MF) Relapsed/Refractory to Janus 
Kinase (JAK) Inhibitor  
Myelofibrosis (MF) is classified as one of the myeloproliferative neoplasms (MPN), a group of related 
clonal diseases that includes polycythemia vera (PV) and essential thrombocythemia (ET). Allogeneic stem 
cell transplantation is the only treatment that can induce long-term remissions in patients with MF. 
Hydroxyurea, interferon, and, more recently, Janus kinase (JAK) inhibitors have been evaluated in clinical 
studies. Imetelstat, a first-in-class telomerase inhibitor, may provide clinical benefit to MF patients 
previously treated with a JAK inhibitor primarily due to its novel mechanism of action compared with 
available therapies. 
OBJECTIVES AND HYPOTHESISES 
Primary Objectives 
The primary objectives of this study are to evaluate spleen response rate and symptom response rate of 
2 dose regimens of imetelstat (9.4 mg/kg and 4.7 mg/kg imetelstat given intravenous [IV] every 3 weeks) 
in subjects with intermediate-2 or high-risk MF who are relapsed after or refractory to JAK inhibitor 
treatment. 
Secondary Objectives 
The secondary objectives are to assess the safety of imetelstat; to assess complete remission (CR) or partial 
remission (PR), clinical improvement (CI), spleen response, symptoms response and anemia response per 
modified 2013 International Working Group – Myeloproliferative Neoplasms Research and Treatment 
(IWG-MRT) criteria, duration of responses, and overall survival (OS); to evaluate the pharmacokinetics 
(PK) of imetelstat; to evaluate the PK/response and pharmacodynamic (PD) relationships with factors that 
include hemoglobin concentration, spleen size, and platelet count; to evaluate the immunogenicity of 
imetelstat; and to assess the effect of treatment on patient-reported outcomes (PROs). 
Exploratory Objectives 
The exploratory objectives are to assess the PK relationship with telomerase activity (TA), telomere length 
(TL) or human telomerase reverse transcriptase (hTERT), to characterize the baseline cytogenetic and 
mutational status for their association with clinical response, and to evaluate the change of cytogenetic 
abnormalities or mutant allele burden for assessing cytogenetic and molecular responses. 
Hypothesis 
The primary hypothesis of the study is that treatment with the selected dose of imetelstat will result in a 
 with intermediate-2 or high-risk 
MF who are relapsed after or refractory to JAK inhibitor treatment. 
OVERVIEW OF STUDY DESIGN 
This was originally designed as a randomized (1:1), single-blind, multicenter, Phase 2 study of 2 dosing 
regimens of single-agent imetelstat in approximately 200 subjects with intermediate-2 or high risk MF 
(primary MF [PMF], post-ET-MF [PET-MF], or post-PV-MF [PPV-MF]) who are relapsed after or 
refractory to JAK inhibitor treatment. When the randomization was in effect, eligible subjects were 
stratified based on a) spleen size ≥ 15 cm below the left costal margin by palpation (yes vs. no) and b) 
platelet count at study entry (platelets ≥75 x 109/L and < 150 x 109/L vs. ≥ 150 x 109/L). Study treatment 
will be administered on a 21-day cycle. The main study will have 3 phases: a screening phase of up to 
21 days before randomization/registration during which subject eligibility will be reviewed and approved 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
20 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019  
by the sponsor prior to randomization/registration; a treatment phase will extend from 
randomization/registration until study drug discontinuation; and a posttreatment follow-up phase that 
begins when the subject discontinues imetelstat. The posttreatment follow-up phase will continue until 
death, lost to follow-up, withdrawal of consent or study end, whichever occurs first. The end of the main 
study is defined as 18 months after the last subject is enrolled or when the sponsor terminates the study, 
whichever comes first.   
The original study design allowed for enrollment of approximately 200 subjects; however, following the 
first interim review of data, and in line with Protocol Amendment 2, enrollment of new subjects into Arm A 
was suspended and enrollment into Arm B was permanently closed. Therefore, total enrollment in the study 
may be approximately 160 subjects if enrollment in Arm A is resumed after the second interim review. In 
addition, neither subjects nor investigators will be blinded to subject treatment assignment.  
The co-primary endpoints of this study are spleen response rate and symptom response rate. Spleen 
response rate is defined as the proportion of subjects who achieve ≥35% reduction in spleen volume at 
Week 24 from baseline as measured by imaging scans. Symptom response rate is defined as the proportion 
of subjects who have ≥50% reduction in total symptom score at Week 24 from baseline as measured by the 
modified Myelofibrosis Symptom Assessment Form (MFSAF) v2.0 diary. 
With Protocol Amendment 3, the study is closed to further subject enrollment. Subjects in the Treatment 
Phase who are benefiting from study treatment may enter an Extension Phase and continue to receive 
imetelstat until there is loss of benefit or unacceptable toxicity, as determined by the investigator according 
to local standard of care. Subjects in the Posttreatment Follow-up Phase will enter the Extension Phase to 
continue follow-up for survival status. In line with Protocol Amendment 4, the Extension Phase will end 
approximately 2 years after the clinical cutoff for the final analysis of the main study, or when the sponsor 
terminates the study, whichever occurs first. 
SUBJECT POPULATION 
Key eligibility criteria include the following: ≥18 years of age; diagnosis of PMF per the revised World 
Health Organization (WHO) criteria, or PET-MF or PPV-MF per the IWG-MRT criteria; Dynamic 
International Prognostic Scoring System (DIPSS) intermediate-2 or high risk MF; measurable 
splenomegaly prior to study entry; active symptoms of MF; documented progressive disease during or after 
JAK inhibitor therapy; and an Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group (ECOG) Performance Status score of 
0, 1 or 2. 
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION 
Imetelstat will be administered as a 2-hour IV infusion. Subjects in Arm A will receive imetelstat 9.4 mg/kg 
every 3 weeks and subjects in Arm B will receive 4.7 mg/kg every 3 weeks. Subjects may receive treatment 
until disease progression or unacceptable toxicity.  
Subjects in Arm B may continue with their current imetelstat dose or have it increased to 9.4 mg/kg at the 
investigator’s discretion according to the guidance provided in Section 6 (Dosage and Administration) of 
the protocol. Subjects in Arm A may continue treatment at the investigator’s discretion. Subjects in either 
arm who discontinue treatment will continue in the Posttreatment Follow-up Phase. 
Any subject already in the Screening Phase at the time study enrollment was suspended, and who was 
subsequently determined to be eligible for the study, was allowed to proceed with treatment assignment to 
the 9.4 mg/kg arm per investigator discretion, subject agreement, and IRB/IEC notification.  
Guidelines for imetelstat dosage and administration for subjects who continue treatment during the 
Extension Phase will follow those described for the Treatment Phase.  


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
21 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019  
EFFICACY EVALUATIONS 
Efficacy evaluations will include magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) scans, laboratory testing, limited 
physical examinations (including spleen palpation), bone marrow biopsy and aspirate for disease 
assessment, peripheral blood smears, and symptom assessment. Bone marrow aspirate for cytogenetic 
testing must be submitted for all subjects when clinically feasible. Peripheral blood may be submitted in 
place of an aspirate only if a bone marrow aspirate cannot be obtained.    
PHARMACOKINETIC EVALUATIONS 
Sparse PK samples will be obtained from all subjects and the derived PK parameters will provide 
information about the determinants of inter-subject variability in this population. In addition, for a subset 
of subjects at selected sites, serial PK sampling will be performed in both treatment arms to increase the 
robustness of the population PK model. Samples may also be used to evaluate the formation of metabolites 
of imetelstat. 
IMMUNOGENICITY EVALUATIONS 
Blood samples will be collected from all subjects to determine immunogenicity to imetelstat (anti-drug 
antibody generation). 
PHARMACOKINETIC/PHARMACODYNAMIC EVALUATIONS 
Different PK/PD models will be built to understand and characterize the exposure-response relationship for 
key efficacy and safety parameters, to detect the influence of covariates, and identify inter-individual 
variability in response. 
BIOMARKER EVALUATIONS 
Blood and bone marrow samples will be collected to evaluate the pharmacodynamic effects of imetelstat 
and to determine cytogenetic and molecular response rates. Other markers may be assessed to evaluate 
potential inter-individual variability in clinical outcomes or identification of population subgroups that 
respond differently to treatment with imetelstat. 
PATIENT REPORTED OUTCOMES 
Patient-reported outcome questionnaires and an e-diary will be collected to provide an assessment of the 
subject’s functional status, well-being, and MF symptoms over time and to provide estimates of utility to 
include in future cost effectiveness models. 
SAFETY EVALUATIONS 
Safety will be assessed by adverse events, physical examinations, clinical laboratory parameters, vital sign 
measurements, ECOG performance status, and concomitant medication usage. 
A Sponsor Committee will review all the safety data on a quarterly basis, or more frequently, if needed. 
The study will have enhanced reporting for adverse events of interest, which include Grade 3 or greater 
elevations of AST, ALT, ALP and bilirubin, and all hepatic adverse events. Additionally, all hepatic adverse 
events and LFT abnormalities will be reviewed at least on a quarterly basis, or as needed, by an Independent 
Hepatic Expert Committee. 
During the Extension Phase, serious adverse events will be collected for subjects receiving imetelstat, and 
all subjects will be followed-up for overall survival and reported pregnancy. The Hepatic Expert Committee 
and Sponsor Committee will continue to review study data collected during the Extension Phase.   


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
22 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019  
INTERIM REVIEW 
The first interim data review was designed as follows: The interim data review will be performed by the 
sponsor after approximately 20 subjects have been randomized in each arm and followed for at least 12 
weeks. At this time, the sponsor will assess all available data (eg, PK, safety, efficacy, PD biomarkers: TA, 
TL or hTERT), and conduct integrated exposure-response analyses with PK/PD, safety and efficacy 
modeling. Based on these analyses, the sponsor will determine if enrollment in one or both treatment arms 
should continue, or if an alternative dose should be selected for further development. Enrollment will 
continue during this time and response data assessed by the investigator will be used for the interim review. 
 
 
 
  
STATISTICAL METHODS 
The study was originally designed to enroll approximately 200 subjects (approximately 100/arm). For each 
treatment arm, the sample size is calculated based on the following assumptions:  
1) 
null hypothesis: 
 
2) 
alternative hypothesis: 
 
3) 
the null hypothesis is tested by the intersection-union test. Each of the co-primary endpoints is 
tested at one sided α=0.025, and the maximum Type I error rate for testing co-primary endpoints is the 
same as one sided α=0.025. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Planned efficacy analyses are as follows: (1) a first interim review after approximately 20 subjects in each 
arm have been followed for at least 12 weeks; (2) a second interim review with a clinical cutoff that is 6 
months after the clinical cutoff used for the first interim review; (3) the primary efficacy analysis after all 
subjects have been followed for at least 24 weeks; (4) the final analysis at the end of the main study, which 
is defined as 18 months after the last subject is enrolled or when the sponsor terminates the study; and (5) 
OS-related analysis will be performed or updated when the Extension Phase has ended. 
The analysis for the co-primary endpoints (spleen response rate and symptom response rate) will be based 
on the Treated Population. For each treatment arm, spleen response rate and symptom response rate will be 
presented along with their 95% 2-sided exact confidence interval. The spleen response data reviewed by 
the Independent Review Committee (IRC) will be used for the primary analysis, the interim data reviews, 
and the final analysis. The symptom response data measured by the modified MFSAF v2.0 Total Symptom 
Score (TSS) will be calculated as the 7-day average of daily TSS, which is the summation of 6 individual 
symptom scores. Additional analyses will be performed for subjects initially treated with imetelstat 4.7 
mg/kg who had their dose increased to 9.4 mg/kg as described in Section 6 (Dosage and Administration) 
of the protocol. 
  
EudraCT NUMBER:           2015-000946-41 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
23 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
TIME AND EVENTS SCHEDULE (MAIN STUDY) 
Beginning with Amendment 3, follow the Time and Events Schedule for the Extension Phase. 
PHASE 
Screening Phase 
Treatment Phasea 
(21-day treatment cycle) 
Posttreatment 
Follow-up 
Phaseb 
 
 
Cycle 1 
Cycle 1 
Cycle 2 
Cycle 3 until 
End-of-Treatment 
Dose Escalationw 
(4.7 to 9.4 mg/kg) 
End-of-Treatment 
Visit 
 
 
Day -21 to -1 
Day 1 
Day 8, 15 
Day 1, 8, 15 
Day 1 
 
Within 30 days 
after last dose 
Every 16 weeks 
Study Procedures 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Screening/Administrative 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Informed consent 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Inclusion/exclusion criteria 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Medical history and 
demographics 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ECOG performance status 
X 
X 
 
X (D1 only) 
X 
 
X 
 
Transfusion history and statusc 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
 
 
 
Hepatitis serologiesd 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pregnancy test 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Screening Myelofibrosis 
Symptom Forme 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Study Drug Administration 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Randomization 
 
Xa 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dispense/administer study drug  
 
X 
 
X (D1 only) 
X 
 
 
 
Safety Assessments 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Physical examination including 
spleen palpationf 
X 
X 
 
X (D1 only) 
X 
 
X 
 
Vital signsg 
X 
X 
 
X (D1 only) 
 
 
 
 
12-lead ECG 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Efficacy Assessments 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Abdominal MRIh 
X 
Every 12 weeks up to Week 48 then every 24 weeks and at time of 
CR/PR 
Xh 
X 
3 months 
posttreatment 
Spleen palpationi 
X 
Every 12 weeks up to Week 48 then every 24 weeks and at time of 
CR/PR 
Xi 
X 
3 months 
posttreatment 
BM aspirate and biopsyj 
X 
Every 24 weeks and at time of CR/PR 
 
X (if feasible) 
 
Peripheral blood smeark 
X 
Every 12 weeks up to Week 48 then every 24 weeks and at time of 
CR/PR 
 
X 
 
Response assessment per 
modified 2013 IWG-MRT 
 
Every 12 weeks up to Week 48 then every 24 weeks 
 
 
 
Modified MFSAF v2.0 e-diarye 
To be completed each evening from Day -7 through Week 48 
 
 
 
MF Symptom Recall Form 
 
 
 
 
X (After Week 48)l 
 
 
 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
24 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
PHASE 
Screening Phase 
Treatment Phasea 
(21-day treatment cycle) 
Posttreatment 
Follow-up 
Phaseb 
 
 
Cycle 1 
Cycle 1 
Cycle 2 
Cycle 3 until 
End-of-Treatment 
Dose Escalationw 
(4.7 to 9.4 mg/kg) 
End-of-Treatment 
Visit 
 
 
Day -21 to -1 
Day 1 
Day 8, 15 
Day 1, 8, 15 
Day 1 
 
Within 30 days 
after last dose 
Every 16 weeks 
Study Procedures 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EORTC QLQ-C30 questionnaire  
 
Xm 
X (D8 
only) 
X (D1 only) 
X and also at 
Week 24n 
 
X 
X 
EQ-5D-5L questionnaire 
 
Xm 
 
X( D1 only) 
X and also at 
Week 24n 
 
X 
X 
BPI questionnaire 
 
Xm 
X (D8 
only) 
X( D1 only) 
X and also at 
Week 24n 
 
X 
X 
PGIC questionnaire 
 
 
X (D8 
only) 
 
Only at Week 24n 
 
X 
 
Survival status 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
Clinical Laboratory Assessments 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Hematologyo 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
 
Expanded liver function panelp 
X 
If adverse event of interest occurs 
 
Xp 
Xp 
Chemistryo 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Xo 
Xo 
INR (or PT) and aPTTq 
X 
X 
 
X (D1 only) 
X 
 
X  
 
Pharmacokinetics 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PK samplesr 
 
X 
 
X (D1 only) 
Xr  
Xr 
 
 
Immunogenicity samples 
 
X (pre-
dose) 
 
 
X (pre-dose D1) 
 
X 
X (first visit if 
feasible) 
Pharmacodynamics 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TA, TL and hTERT 
 
Xs 
X (D8 
only) 
X (D1 only) 
At time of CR/PR 
Xv 
X (at progression) 
 
Biomarkers 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Blood samples for mutation 
analysis 
X 
At time of CR/PR and every 12 weeks thereafter  
 
X (at progression) 
 
BM aspirate/peripheral blood for 
cytogeneticst 
X 
For subjects with baseline cytogenetic abnormalities at time of 
CR/PR and at each subsequent BM biopsy 
 
X (at progression) 
 
Blood samples for 
immunophenotyping 
X 
 
 
X (D1 only) 
At time of CR/PR 
 
X (at progression) 
 
Ongoing Subject Review 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Concomitant therapy 
X 
Continuous 
X 
 
Adverse events 
X 
Continuous 
X 
 
Subsequent therapy 
 
 
 
X 
Xu 
Abbreviations: ALP=alkaline phosphatase; ALT = alanine aminotransferase; aPTT = activated partial thromboplastin time; AST = aspartate aminotransferase; BM = bone marrow;  
BPI = Brief Pain Inventory (Short Form); CR = complete remission; D1 = Day 1; ECG=electrocardiogram; ECOG = Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group; EORTC QLQ-C30 = 
European Organization for Research and treatment of Cancer (EORTC) QLQ-C30; EQ-5D-5L = EuroQol-EQ-5D; INR = international normalized ratio; IWG-MRT = International 
Working Group – Myeloproliferative Neoplasms Research and Treatment; JAK = Janus kinase; LFT=liver function test; MFSAF = Myelofibrosis Symptom Assessment Form; MRI 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
25 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
= magnetic resonance imaging; PGIC = Global Impression of Change; PK=pharmacokinetic; PR = partial remission; PT = prothrombin time; RBC = red blood cell; ULN = upper 
limit of normal; WBCs = white blood cells 
Footnotes: 
a 
A treatment cycle is defined as 21 days ± 3 days. Subjects should start study treatment within 72 hours after randomization. Any subject already in the Screening Phase at the 
time study enrollment was suspended, and who was subsequently determined to be eligible for the study, was allowed to proceed with treatment assignment to the 9.4 mg/kg 
arm per investigator discretion, subject agreement, and IRB/IEC notification. 
b 
Post-treatment follow-up can be performed via a clinic visit or a phone call every 16 weeks ± 7 days. 
c 
Assessment of RBC transfusion requirements 12 weeks prior to baseline and at each clinic visit. 
d 
Screening for hepatitis will include comprehensive hepatitis serology A through E. Hepatitis D serology is only required if the subject tests positive for the hepatitis B surface 
antigen (HBsAg). 
e 
Screening symptoms using the Screening Myelofibrosis Symptom Form must be completed 
 and as close as possible 
to Day -7, prior to the start of the modified MFSAF v2.0 e-diary. Subjects should start the MFSAF v2.0 e-diary 
 
f 
Only a limited symptom-directed physical examination including spleen palpation and measurement. Weight assessment is required on Day 1 of all cycles after baseline. 
g 
Vital signs should be measured and recorded prior to imetelstat infusion and will include measurements of temperature, pulse/heart rate, and systolic and diastolic blood 
pressure, preferably while the subject is in a seated position. 
h 
Abdominal MRIs will be performed on all subjects at baseline, then every 12 weeks up to Week 48, then every 24 weeks until disease progression or unacceptable toxicity, and 
at the time of CR/PR. MRIs are required within 30 days after last dose of study drug for the End-of-Treatment Visit, unless an MRI confirming disease progression or leading 
to treatment discontinuation was already performed. A follow-up MRI will be performed 3 months after the subject’s last dose of study drug, if feasible. All scans will be read 
locally for volume measurement and by a central review facility. Abdominal MRI includes a portion of the pelvis when the spleen protrudes into the pelvic cavity. After 
baseline, scans can be performed with a window of ± 7 days. Abdominal MRI for spleen assessment at screening must be completed 
 
 and as close as possible to randomization. Subjects who have their dose increased from 4.7 mg/kg to 9.4 mg/kg must have an abdominal MRI performed 
 with 9.4 mg/kg. 
i 
The edge of the spleen shall be determined by palpation, and measured in centimeters from the costal margin to the point of greatest splenic protrusion. Assessments will be 
performed every 12 weeks up to Week 48, then every 24 weeks until disease progression or unacceptable toxicity, and at the time of CR/PR. Spleen palpation at screening must 
be completed 
. Follow-up spleen palpation will be performed 3 months after the subject’s last dose of study drug, if 
feasible. Subjects who have their dose increased from 4.7 mg/kg to 9.4 mg/kg must have spleen palpation conducted within approximately 14 days before starting treatment 
with 9.4 mg/kg. 
j 
Bone marrow aspirate (if clinically feasible) and biopsy must be performed during screening or up to 60 days before randomization. All subjects must have baseline bone 
marrow evaluation, and then repeat bone marrow evaluation every 24 weeks and at time of suspected CR/PR until disease progression. After CR/PR is observed a repeat bone 
marrow evaluation should be obtained 12 weeks later for response confirmation. Fibrosis assessment will be performed on the biopsy by a central pathologist. After baseline, 
bone marrow biopsy can be performed with a window of ± 7 days. A sample of bone marrow aspirate and a time-matched plasma sample will be collected, if feasible, 24-48 
hours after imetelstat dosing at Weeks 24 and 48 for evaluation of imetelstat concentration. 
k 
Peripheral blood smear will be performed every 12 weeks up to Week 48, then every 24 weeks until disease progression or unacceptable toxicity and at time of CR/PR. 
Peripheral blood smear review will be performed by a central pathologist. 
l 
MF Symptom Recall Form will be completed starting after Week 48, on Day 1 of every cycle at time of other PROs, and at time of CR/PR if occurring after Week 48. 
m EORTC QLQ-C30 questionnaire, EQ5D-5L, and BPI questionnaires on Cycle 1 Day 1 should be completed prior to the first dose of study treatment. 
n 
Week 24 PRO questionnaires should be performed the same day as Week 24 MRI. 
o 
Hematology and chemistry laboratory assessments to determine subject eligibility must be performed within 21 days prior to randomization. The last result obtained prior to 
randomization will be used to determine eligibility. Hematology assessment for eligibility must be completed 
. For 
Cycle 1, Day 1 only, clinical laboratory hematology and chemistry assessments do not need to be repeated if the Screening tests were performed within 5 days of the first dose 
of study treatment. After Cycle 1, Day 1, required laboratory tests must be performed within 48 hours prior to the scheduled visit. For subjects with AST, ALT, ALP or 
bilirubin Grade ≥3, laboratory assessments need be to repeated weekly until bilirubin with fractionation is <3 x ULN, and AST, ALT and ALP are <5 x ULN. Subjects with 
Grade 1 and Grade 2 treatment emergent elevations in AST, ALT, ALP or bilirubin at time of treatment discontinuation should continue to have laboratory assessments 
monthly until resolution to at least baseline. For further guidance on liver function tests, see section on laboratory evaluations in Section 9.8. Subjects who have their dose 
increased from 4.7 mg/kg to 9.4 mg/kg must meet the eligibility criteria for hematologic laboratory values (inclusion criterion 8.1) and biochemical laboratory values (inclusion 
criterion 9.1) before starting treatment with 9.4 mg/kg. 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
26 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
p 
An expanded liver panel should be performed at screening. Thereafter, if an adverse event of interest is reported, then an expanded liver panel should be performed which 
should include GGT, chloride, bicarbonate, magnesium, and fractionated bilirubin. The expanded liver panel will need to be repeatedly weekly until adverse event of interest 
has resolved.  
q 
Repeat INR (or PT) and aPTT during study if subject has a hemorrhagic event. 
r 
Sparse PK sampling will be performed in all subjects. In a subset of subjects, intensive PK sampling will be performed for a maximum of 7 time points in approximately 
10 subjects per treatment arm. Refer to the Time & Events Schedule (PK Sampling) for details. All subjects, regardless of imetelstat dose received, must have a 2-hour 
postdose (ie, immediately before the end of infusion) PK sample collected each time imetelstat is administered, beginning with Cycle 3 and continuing until the sponsor 
determines that the PK objective has been met and notifies investigators that blood collection for this PK analysis can stop. Sparse PK samples must be collected for subjects 
who have their dose increased from 4.7 mg/kg to 9.4 mg/kg during the first cycle at the higher dose. Refer to the Time and Events Schedule (PK Sampling) for details. 
s 
A pre-dose and 24 hours post-dose blood sample, if feasible, will be obtained for determination of TA, TL and hTERT. 
t 
Where clinically feasible, bone marrow aspirates will be collected for cytogenetic testing. Peripheral blood may be submitted in place of an aspirate only if a bone marrow 
aspirate cannot be obtained. The same sample type collected at screening must be collected throughout the subject’s participation in the study if possible. The sponsor will 
notify the sites to specify which subjects have a cytogenetic abnormality based on baseline analysis and will need to have subsequent BM aspirate samples collected. 
u 
Subsequent anti-MF treatment to be collected throughout posttreatment follow-up phase. 
v 
For subjects who have their dose increased from 4.7 mg/kg to 9.4 mg/kg, 4 additional blood samples for PD analysis (TA, TL and hTERT) are required during the first 2 cycles 
receiving the 9.4 mg/kg dose at the following time points: first cycle at 9.4 mg/kg Day 1 predose and 24 hr postdose (if feasible); first cycle at 9.4 mg/kg Day 8; and second 
cycle at 9.4 mg/kg Day 1 pre-dose. 
w Beginning with Protocol Amendment 2, subjects in Arm B (4.7 mg/kg) may continue to receive their current imetelstat dose or have the dose increased to 9.4 mg/kg at the 
investigator’s discretion and according to the guidance provided in Section 6. Dose escalation for these subjects may occur at any cycle of the Treatment Phase. Subjects who 
have their dose increased will have additional MRI and spleen assessments before receiving the first dose of imetelstat 9.4 mg/kg. Additional blood samples will be collected 
for biomarker assessments before and after the first dose of imetelstat 9.4 mg/kg, and blood samples for PK assessment will be collected after receiving the first dose of 
imetelstat 9.4 mg/kg.  
 
 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
27 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
TIME AND EVENTS SCHEDULE (EXTENSION PHASE) 
Use this Time and Events Schedule after local IEC/IRB approval of Amendment 3. 
Study Procedures 
All Subjects 
Extended Treatment  
(21-day treatment cycle) 
 
Extended Follow-up 
(Every 16 weeks ± 7 days) 
Informed consent 
Xa 
 
 
Dispense/administer study drug 
 
X (Day 1) 
 
Serious adverse event monitoringb 
 
Xb  
 
Survival status 
 
 
Xc 
a 
All subjects must provide informed consent to enter the Extension Phase. This must occur before the first dose of imetelstat for subjects continuing treatment in the 
Extension Phase. 
b 
Submit a Serious Adverse Event Form to the sponsor within 24 hours of awareness of the event for all serious adverse events. If the subject has a hemorrhagic serious 
adverse event, INR (or PT), aPTT, and platelet count will be assessed and reported in the serious adverse event report. If the subject experiences a hepatic serious adverse event, 
serum chemistry and an expanded liver panel will be assessed and reported; if the event includes Grade 3 or 4 ALP elevation, ALP fractionation or 5’neucleotidase will also be 
assessed and reported. Serious adverse events will be reported from the time the Extension Phase ICF is signed and dated until 30 days after the last dose of imetelstat.  
c 
Assessment of survival status is required for all subjects who enter the Extension Phase, including those who discontinued treatment during the main study.  
 
 
 
 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
28 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
TIME AND EVENTS SCHEDULE (PK SAMPLING) 
Study Day 
PK Blood  
Sampling Timea 
Serial (Intense) PK 
Blood Samplingb 
Sparse PK Blood 
Samplingb 
Sparse PK Blood 
Sampling 
Dose Escalation 
(4.7 to 9.4 mg/kg)e 
Cycle 1, Day 1 
0 (before start of 
infusion) 
X 
 
 
Cycle 1, Day 1 
1 h 
X 
 
 
Cycle 1, Day 1 
2 hc 
X 
 
 
Cycle 1, Day 1 
3h-5h 
X 
 
 
Cycle 1, Day 1 
6h-10h 
X 
 
 
Cycle 1, Day 1 
12h-16h 
X 
 
 
Cycle 1, Day 1 
18h-24h 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cycle 1, Day 1 
0 (before start of 
infusion) 
 
 
 
Cycle 1, Day 1 
2 hc 
 
X 
 
Cycle 1, Day 1 
3h-6h 
 
X 
 
Cycle 1, Day 1 
8h-12h 
 
X 
 
Cycle 1, Day 1 
16-24hd 
 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cycle 2, Day 1 
0 (before start of 
infusion) 
 
 
 
Cycle 2, Day 1 
2 hc 
 
X 
 
Cycle 2, Day 1 
3h-6h 
 
X 
 
Cycle 2, Day 1 
8h-12hd 
 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
First Cycle 9.4 mg/kg, 
Day 1 
0 (before start of 
infusion) 
 
 
 
First Cycle 9.4 mg/kg, 
Day 1 
2 hc 
 
 
X 
First Cycle 9.4 mg/kg, 
Day 1 
3h-6h 
 
 
X 
First Cycle 9.4 mg/kg, 
Day 1 
8h-12h 
 
 
X 
First Cycle 9.4 mg/kg, 
Day 1 
16-24hd 
 
 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
Every cycle starting 
from Cycle 3f 
2 hc 
X 
X 
X 
a  All sampling times are relative to the start of the imetelstat infusion. 
b  Of the subjects who participate in the study and receive imetelstat, approximately 10 subjects per arm will undergo serial PK 
blood sample collections, with the remaining subjects undergoing sparse PK sampling. 
c  Immediately before end of the infusion. 
d  If feasible. 
e  Subjects who have their dose increased from 4.7 mg/kg to 9.4 mg/kg will have sparse PK samples collected during the first 
cycle receiving 9.4 mg/kg. 
f  All subjects, regardless of imetelstat dose received, must have a 2-hour postdose (ie, immediately before the end of infusion) 
PK sample collected each time imetelstat is administered, beginning with Cycle 3 and continuing until the sponsor determines 
that the PK objective has been met and notifies investigators that blood collection for this PK analysis can stop. In addition, time-
matched plasma PK samples will be collected for subjects with bone marrow aspirate (if feasible) at Weeks 24 and 48. 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
29 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
ABBREVIATIONS 
ALP 
alkaline phosphatase 
ALT 
alanine aminotransferase 
ANC 
absolute neutrophil count 
aPTT  
activated partial thromboplastin time 
AST 
aspartate aminotransferase 
AUC 
area under the curve 
BAT 
best available therapy 
βhCG 
beta human chorionic gonadotropin 
BM 
bone marrow 
BPI 
Brief Pain Inventory (Short Form) 
CFU-Meg 
megakaryocyte colony-forming unit 
CFU-MK 
malignant megakaryocyte colony-forming unit 
CI 
clinical improvement 
CL 
clearance  
Cmax 
maximum plasma concentration 
CR 
complete remission 
CRF 
case report form 
CSC 
circulating stem cells 
DCF 
data clarification form 
DIPSS 
Dynamic International Prognostic Scoring System 
DMC 
Data Monitoring Committee 
DSM-IV 
Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (4th edition) 
ECG 
electrocardiogram 
ECOG 
Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group 
eCRF 
electronic case report form 
eDC 
electronic data capture 
Emax 
maximum efficacy 
EMH 
extramedullary hematopoiesis 
EORTC QLQ-C30 
European Organization for Research and treatment of Cancer (EORTC) QLQ-C30 
EQ-5D-5L 
EuroQol-EQ-5D 
ET 
essential thrombocythemia 
EU 
European Union 
FDA 
Food and Drug Administration 
FFPE 
formalin-fixed, paraffin-embedded 
G-CSF 
granulocyte colony stimulating factor 
GCP 
Good Clinical Practice 
GGT 
gamma-glutamyl transpeptidase 
Hb 
hemoglobin 
HBsAg 
hepatitis B surface antigen 
HEENT 
head, eye, ear, nose, and throat 
HIV 
human immunodeficiency virus 
HR 
heart rate 
hTERT 
human telomerase reverse transcriptase 
IAC 
Interim Analysis Committee 
ICF 
informed consent form 
ICH 
International Conference on Harmonisation 
IEC 
Independent Ethics Committee 
INR 
international normalized ratio 
IRB 
Institutional Review Board 
IRC 
Independent Review Committee 
IV 
intravenous 
IVRS 
interactive voice response system 
IWG-MRT 
International Working Group – Myeloproliferative Neoplasms Research and Treatment 
IWRS 
interactive web response system 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
30 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
JAK 
Janus kinase 
LCM 
left costal margin 
LC-MS/MS 
liquid chromatography/mass spectrometry/mass spectrometry 
LDH 
lactic acid dehydrogenase 
LFT 
liver function test 
MDS 
myelodysplastic syndrome 
MedDRA 
Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities 
MF 
myelofibrosis 
MFSAF 
Myelofibrosis Symptom Assessment Form 
MM 
multiple myeloma 
MPN 
myeloproliferative neoplasm 
MRI 
magnetic resonance imaging 
MRU 
medical resource utilization 
NCI-CTCAE 
National Cancer Institute Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events 
NGS 
next-generation sequencing 
NONMEM 
nonlinear mixed effects modeling 
OS 
overall survival 
PBMC 
peripheral blood mononuclear cells 
PD 
pharmacodynamic(s) 
PET-MF 
post-essential thrombocythemia-myelofibrosis 
PGIC 
Global Impression of Change 
PK 
pharmacokinetic(s) 
PMF  
primary myelofibrosis 
PPV-MF 
post-polycythemia vera-myelofibrosis 
PQC 
product quality complaint 
PR 
partial remission 
PRO 
patient-reported outcome(s) 
PT 
prothrombin time 
PV 
polycythemia vera 
QRS 
part of electrocardiographic wave representing ventricular depolarization 
RBC 
red blood cell 
RNA 
ribonucleic acid 
SD 
standard deviation 
SIPM 
Site Investigational Product Manual 
STAT 
signal transducers and activators of transcription 
SUSAR 
suspected unexpected serious adverse reaction 
SVR 
spleen volume reduction 
TA 
telomerase activity 
TI 
transfusion independence 
TIC 
tumor inducing cell 
TGI 
tumor growth inhibition 
TIW 
3 times per week 
TL 
telomere length 
TRAP 
telomere repeat amplification protocol 
TSS 
Total Symptom Score 
ULN 
upper limit of normal 
USP 
United States Pharmacopeia 
V 
volume of distribution 
WBC 
white blood cell 
WHO 
World Health Organization 
 
 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
31 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
1. 
INTRODUCTION 
For the most comprehensive nonclinical and clinical information regarding imetelstat, refer to the 
latest version of the Investigator's Brochure (IB) and IB Addenda for imetelstat.21 The term 
"sponsor" used throughout this document refers to the entities listed in the Contact Information 
page(s), which will be provided as a separate document. 
1.1. 
Background 
1.1.1. 
Imetelstat 
Imetelstat is a covalently-lipidated 13-mer thiophosphoramidate oligonucleotide that acts as a 
potent specific inhibitor of telomerase. Telomerase inhibition leads to loss of a cancer cell’s ability 
to maintain telomere length, resulting in cell-cycle arrest, apoptosis, or senescence. Imetelstat 
binds with high affinity to the template region of the ribonucleic acid (RNA) component of human 
telomerase reverse transcriptase (hTERT) and is a competitive inhibitor of telomerase enzymatic 
activity.3,19 Treatment of various cancer cells with imetelstat in vitro increases their sensitivity to 
radiation, decreases their clonogenic potential, and results in altered expression of stem-cell related 
genes.14,16 
1.1.2. 
Myelofibrosis 
Myelofibrosis (MF) is classified as one of the myeloproliferative neoplasms (MPN), a group of 
related clonal diseases that includes polycythemia vera (PV) and essential thrombocythemia (ET). 
MF can arise on its own (primary myelofibrosis, [PMF]), or as a progression of polycythemia vera 
(post-PV-MF) or essential thrombocythemia (post-ET-MF). The manifestations of PMF, post-PV-
MF and post-ET-MF are virtually identical and treatment is generally the same for all 3 (World 
Health Organization [WHO] classification 2008). The disease is characterized by clonal 
myeloproliferation, ineffective erythropoiesis, bone marrow stromal changes, hepatosplenic 
extramedullary hematopoiesis and aberrant cytokine expression.30 Patients present with 
splenomegaly, constitutional symptoms, moderate to severe anemia, thrombocytopenia and 
leukocytosis. 
There is a strong association between survival after the diagnosis of MF and the Dynamic 
International Prognostic Scoring System (DIPSS) risk category. Patients in the low risk category 
have more than 15 years median survival. Patients with intermediate risk-1, intermediate risk-2 or 
high risk have median survivals of 14.2, 4, and 1.5 years, respectively.27 Approximately 70% of 
individuals with MF are in the intermediate-2 or high-risk categories,15 representing the greatest 
unmet medical need. Symptomatic enlargement of the spleen and liver, the necessity for red cell 
transfusions, cachexia, and the other MF-associated symptoms result in compromised quality of 
life for these patients.26 
1.1.3. 
Treatment Options for Myelofibrosis 
Allogeneic stem cell transplantation is the only treatment that can induce long-term remission of 
MF. However, many patients will not be transplanted because of the advanced age at which MF is 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
32 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
diagnosed (mean=65 years). Hydroxyurea, interferon, and, more recently, Janus kinase (JAK) 
inhibitors have been evaluated in clinical studies. Treatment with these agents may result in a 
spleen volume reduction (SVR), alleviation of discomfort due to splenomegaly, and improvement 
in anemia, but not in an anti-clonal effect. 
In recent years, the understanding of MPNs in general and the molecular mechanisms of these 
diseases, including MF, has improved. In 2005, the JAK2V617F mutation was discovered. This 
mutation is observed in approximately 50% to 60% of patients with PMF and ET, and in 90% to 
95% of patients with PV. This discovery, and the observation of other mutations that activate the 
JAK/signal transducers and activators of transcription (STAT) pathway established dysregulation 
of the JAK signaling pathway as the major contributor to the pathogenesis of MPNs. It also led to 
the development of small-molecule JAK inhibitors. 
The JAK1/2 inhibitor ruxolitinib currently is the only approved therapy for MF. Two randomized, 
controlled studies (COMFORT-I and COMFORT-II) compared ruxolitinib to placebo and to the 
best available therapy (BAT), respectively. The studies demonstrated benefit, with a significantly 
higher proportion of subjects in the ruxolitinib arms exhibiting a ≥35% reduction in spleen volume 
as measured by magnetic resonance imaging at 24 weeks in COMFORT-I (41.9% ruxolitinib vs. 
0.7% placebo) and at 48 weeks in COMFORT-II (28.5% ruxolitinib vs. 0% BAT).33,17 In 
COMFORT-I there was >50% improvement in the Total Symptom Score (TSS) measured by the 
Myelofibrosis Symptom Assessment Form (MFSAF) at 24 weeks in 45.9% of ruxolitinib subjects 
compared with 5.3% of placebo subjects. In COMFORT-II, 2 quality of life measures were used 
to assess symptom improvement, and both demonstrated a significant response in the ruxolitinib 
treated group. Improvement in survival among patients treated with ruxolitinib was demonstrated 
in COMFORT-I (8.4% mortality vs. 15.6% with BAT) and in a 3-year follow-up of the 
COMFORT-II study. The median survival at the time of publication had not yet been reached; 
however, treatment with ruxolitinib led to a 52% risk of death reduction as compared with BAT.9 
The benefit of ruxolitinib therapy in terms of spleen response and constitutional symptoms is 
associated with a lower rate of treatment-associated anemia (40.4% vs. 12.3% for BAT) and 
thrombocytopenia (44.5% vs. 9.65% for BAT).18 The 1-, 2-, and 3-year discontinuation rates are 
49%, 71% and 86%, respectively. Major reasons for discontinuation are loss of therapeutic effect, 
lack of response and drug-induced cytopenias. Based on the 2013 International Working Group – 
Myeloproliferative Neoplasms Research and Treatment (IWG-MRT) response criteria for efficacy 
in patients with MF,28 no subjects achieved complete remission (CR) or partial remission (PR) on 
treatment with ruxolitinib,2 suggesting that ruxolitinib does not affect the underlying neoplastic 
process. 
Responses to ruxolitinib are typically observed within the first 3 to 6 months after therapy 
initiation.33,17 It has been suggested that for patients who have not had a reduction in spleen size 
or improvement in symptoms after that period, alternative therapies should be considered.23 The 
median survival for patients who relapse after treatment with or are refractory to ruxolitinib is 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
33 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
6 months.22 Therefore, there remains a need for effective treatments for the patients who have been 
treated previously with a JAK inhibitor. 
Imetelstat, a first-in-class telomerase inhibitor, may provide clinical benefit to MF patients. In 
patients previously treated with a JAK inhibitor, imetelstat may improve clinical signs and 
symptoms and may induce CR and PR including normalization of fibrotic bone marrow.29 This is 
likely due to its novel mechanism of action compared with available therapies, such as JAK 
inhibitors. 
1.1.4. 
Rationale for Use of Imetelstat in Myeloproliferative Neoplasm (MPNs) 
Myelofibrosis is characterized by clonal myeloproliferation that arises from malignant progenitor 
cell clones that have shorter telomeres and multiple clonal genetic abnormalities. Telomerase is 
highly activated and continually upregulated in malignant progenitor clones, enabling continued 
and uncontrolled proliferation. While telomerase activity (TA) is generally undetectable in normal 
somatic cells, it is expressed in approximately 85% of human cancers, as well as in cancer 
progenitor cells, which are believed to play a critical role in dysregulated cell growth and tumor 
metastasis.16 Telomerase activity (as measured in granulocytes) is high in patients with 
myeloproliferative neoplasms.12 Telomere length (TL) in patients with myeloproliferative 
neoplasms is short, regardless of JAK2 mutational status. Therefore, telomerase inhibition may be 
effective in both JAK2V617F and JAK2 wild-type MF.31,13,7 
Emerging data suggest that malignant hematopoietic progenitor cells are more susceptible than 
normal progenitor cells to telomerase inhibition, which results in telomere shortening and 
apoptotic cell death. Several preclinical studies have shown that imetelstat is an effective inhibitor 
of clonogenicity and proliferation of malignant progenitor cells derived from primary patient 
samples with myeloproliferative neoplasms such as MF. A study of CD34+ progenitor cells 
isolated from either normal cord blood or from MF patients treated with imetelstat ex vivo showed 
that the drug had minimal effect on proliferation and apoptosis of normal CD34+ cells but a 
profound effect on CD34+ cells from MF patients, which leads to reduction of colony formation 
and depletion of malignant progenitor cells.34 
In vitro studies have demonstrated that imetelstat selectively inhibits spontaneous megakaryocytic 
colony-forming unit (CFU-Meg) growth from the blood of patients with MPNs such as ET, but 
not from healthy individuals. Inhibition of neoplastic progenitor cell growth was observed ex-
vivo.5 Furthermore, imetelstat demonstrated the ability to reduce selectively the malignant 
megakaryocyte colony-forming unit (CFU-MK) from patients with MF and ET, but had a minimal 
effect on clonogenicity of normal MK progenitors.20 
In the Phase 2 Study CP14B015 in ET, which is the first proof of concept study in hematological 
malignancies, patients who were resistant to, intolerant of or had refused conventional therapies 
were enrolled. Imetelstat induced and maintained hematologic responses in 100% of the subjects, 
with 16 of 18 (89%) achieving a complete response. Ten of 18 (56%) patients remain on 
maintenance therapy (median duration of treatment is 18 months; range 7.5–34.5 months) and 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
34 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
continue to be responsive to imetelstat. Importantly, 7 of 8 subjects with the JAK2V617F mutation 
achieved partial molecular response with 72% to 96% reduction in allele burden.4 In addition, 
imetelstat accumulates in bone marrow, has the ability to target circulating stem cells (CSCs) and 
tumor inducing cells (TICs), inhibits CFU-MK in vitro, and targets diseases with short TL. All 
such properties are relevant to patients with MF and myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS)/MPN, 
which arise from malignant progenitor cell clones, have short TLs, and highly active telomerase. 
These data suggest that imetelstat can selectively inhibit neoplastic clonal proliferation in patients 
with ET, and provided the rationale for evaluating imetelstat in patients with other MPNs, such as 
MF. 
1.1.5. 
Study CP14B019 With Imetelstat in Myelofibrosis 
An open-label, Phase 2 (Study CP14B019) study was conducted to evaluate the safety and efficacy 
of single-agent imetelstat in patients with DIPSS-plus intermediate-2 or high-risk PMF, PPV-MF, 
or PET-MF, blast phase MF, and MDS patients. The primary endpoint for the MF cohorts of the 
study was overall response rate, defined as clinical improvement (CI), PR, or CR, consistent with 
IWG-MRT criteria.28 Secondary endpoints included safety, reduction of spleen size by palpation, 
improvement in anemia, or achievement of red blood cell transfusion independence.  
As of December 2014, preliminary data from 33 subjects with MF are available. Subjects in Arm 
A (n=19) received imetelstat 9.4 mg/kg on Day 1 every 21 days. Subjects in Arm B (n=14) received 
9.4 mg/kg imetelstat on Days 1, 8 and 15 of Cycle 1, followed by 9.4 mg/kg on Day 1 every 21 
days for subsequent cycles.  
The median age of the eligible subjects was 67 years. Eighteen (54.5%) subjects had primary MF, 
5 (15.2%) subjects had post-ET MF, and 10 (30.3%) subjects had post-PV MF. Sixteen (48.5%) 
subjects had intermediate-2 risk MF and 17 (51.5%) subjects had high risk MF. Thirteen (39.4%) 
subjects were transfusion dependent at entry; 23 (69.7%) subjects had a palpable spleen (median 
spleen size=15 cm below the costal margin) and 21 (63.6%) had symptoms at baseline. The 
majority of the subjects (26 [78.8%]) had prior treatment including 16 (48.5%) who had received 
a prior JAK inhibitor.  
1.1.5.1. 
Clinical Efficacy Results 
Twelve of the 33 subjects (36.4%) achieved a response (CR+PR+CI) as defined by 2013 
IWG-MRT criteria. In Arm A, 7 (36.8%) of 19 subjects achieved a response and in Arm B, 
5 (35.7%) of 14 subjects achieved a response. Seven (7) subjects (4 in Arm A and 3 in Arm B) had 
a CR or PR, and 4 of these subjects (3 in Arm A and 1 in Arm B) had a CR. Five (5) subjects 
(15.2%) had CI, 4 (12.1%) by spleen reduction (3 subjects in Arm A and 1 subject in Arm B) and 
1 (3%) by anemia improvement (in Arm B).29 
All 4 of the subjects who had CR had reversal of bone marrow fibrosis and 3 of the 4 achieved a 
molecular response. Four subjects who initially achieved PR converted to CR with continued 
treatment. The median time to onset of response was 1.6 months (range 0.7 to 5.6 months) and the 
responses were durable with a median of 14 months (range 4.4-18.9 months).29 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
35 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
1.1.5.1.1. 
Spleen and Anemia Response 
Spleen and anemia responses were assessed according to the 2013 IWG-MRT criteria. Eight 
(34.8%) of 23 subjects with baseline splenomegaly had a spleen response (5 of 14 subjects in Arm 
A and 3 of 9 subjects in Arm B) defined as ≥50% spleen size reduction by palpation lasting at least 
12 weeks. Four (4) of 13 (30.8%) subjects who were transfusion dependent at baseline (3 of 8 
subjects in Arm A and 1 of 5 subjects in Arm B) became transfusion independent during the 
study.29 Among 7 subjects who had CR or PR, 4 subjects with splenomegaly at baseline also 
achieved splenic response, and 3 subjects who were transfusion dependent at baseline became 
transfusion independent. Additional analysis of spleen response, defined as ≥50% spleen size 
reduction by palpation at 24 weeks from treatment initiation, were performed and 9 (39.1%) of 23 
evaluable subjects (6 subjects in Arm A and 3 subjects in Arm B) had a response. 
1.1.5.1.2. 
Constitutional Symptoms 
Study CP14B019 did not use a patient-reported outcomes (PROs) instrument to assess symptoms. 
However, the presence of constitutional symptoms such as fever, weight loss, night sweats, and 
bone pain were documented at baseline and assessed by physicians during the study. Among the 
subjects who achieved CR and PR in both Arms A and B, 4 of 7 had constitutional symptoms at 
baseline and all demonstrated resolution of symptoms by the onset of the response.  
1.1.5.1.3. 
Subject Status and Time on Treatment  
The median duration of treatment was 8.6 months (range 1.4 to 21.7 months) for all 33 subjects in 
Arms A and B. The median duration of treatment was 15.5 months (range 6.5 to 21.7 months) for 
the subjects with CR, PR, or CI, 15.5 months (range 14.0 to 21.7 months) for subjects with CR or 
PR, and 6.9 months (range 1.4 to 19.3 months) for subjects with stable disease. Subjects who did 
not have CR, PR, CI, or evidence and maintenance of clinical benefit (defined as ≥50% 
improvement in leukocytosis, a ≥50% improvement in thrombocytosis, a ≥50% decrease in 
palpable splenomegaly, or a ≥50% improvement in RBC transfusion requirement) were 
discontinued from treatment even if they did not meet criteria for progression. Of the 33 subjects, 
25 (75.8%) discontinued treatment, 16 (48.5%) of whom discontinued due to insufficient response 
or the start of alternative therapy. Two (2) subjects progressed and 1 subject relapsed while on 
treatment. Two (2) subjects (6.1%) discontinued due to an adverse event. As of the cut-off date 
(December 2014) for this analysis, 8 subjects are still on treatment, 6 of them with ongoing CR, 
PR, or CI. 
1.1.5.1.4. 
 Efficacy Data in Subjects Previously Treated With a JAK Inhibitor 
The data from this study suggest that treatment with imetelstat may provide benefit to patients 
previously treated with a JAK inhibitor. Among the 16 subjects who were previously treated with 
a JAK inhibitor, 5 (31.3%) achieved a response (CR+PR+CI; as defined by the 2013 IWG-MRT 
criteria). Two (2) subjects had CR and 1 had PR. In addition, 2 subjects had CI, 1 subject by 
improvement in spleen volume and 1 subject by improvement in anemia. Three (3) of 11 subjects 
(27.3%) evaluable for spleen response had a spleen response that was durable for at least 12 weeks 
and 3 of 7 (42.9%) transfusion-dependent subjects became transfusion independent during the 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
36 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
study. Additional analysis of spleen response, defined as ≥50% spleen size reduction by palpation 
at 24 weeks from treatment initiation, was performed: 3 of 11 (27.3%) evaluable subjects had a 
response. 
1.1.5.2. 
Clinical Pharmacology of Imetelstat 
Single-dose kinetics showed dose dependent increases in exposure with half-life ranging from 4 to 
5 hours. At the 6 mg/kg to 11.7 mg/kg range, imetelstat clearance appears to be independent of 
dose. The excretion and metabolism of imetelstat has not been evaluated in the clinical setting. 
However, it is anticipated that imetelstat is predominantly metabolized in systemic circulation and 
its component fragments are excreted mainly via the urinary tract, as observed for other 
oligonucleotides. Drug interaction potential has not been tested clinically.  
1.1.5.3. 
Clinical Safety of Imetelstat in Myelofibrosis 
1.1.5.3.1. 
Hematologic Toxicities 
Cytopenias, in particular thrombocytopenia, are dose-limiting in both single-agent imetelstat 
studies and when imetelstat is combined with other chemotherapy. The frequency and severity of 
all cytopenias, particularly thrombocytopenia and neutropenia, was associated with the dose 
intensity (dose and frequency of dosing) of imetelstat, concomitant administration with other 
cytotoxic agents, the number and nature of prior chemotherapy regimens to which patients had 
been exposed, and low marrow reserve. 
In Study CP14B019, the incidence of treatment-emergent Grade 3 and 4 thrombocytopenia in Arm 
A was 42.1% and 10.5% respectively. Seven (7; 36.8%) subjects from this arm required dose 
reduction, and 2 discontinued following these events. No major bleeding events or deaths due to 
thrombocytopenia were reported in this arm. There appeared to be more pronounced toxicity for 
Arm B: treatment-emergent Grade 3 thrombocytopenia was 7.1% and Grade 4 was 35.7%. Five 
(5; 35.7%) subjects in this arm required dose reduction, but none discontinued due to 
thrombocytopenia. One subject (1) died after suffering intracerebral hemorrhage in the setting of 
Grade 4 thrombocytopenia and febrile neutropenia.  
The incidence of treatment-emergent Grade 3 and 4 neutropenia in Arm A was 21.1% and 10.5%, 
respectively. Three (3) subjects from this arm required dose reduction following Grade 3 or 
4 neutropenia, but none discontinued due to this event. Again, there appeared to be more 
pronounced toxicity for Arm B: treatment-emergent Grade 3 and Grade 4 neutropenia were 
reported for 14.3% and 28.6% of subjects, respectively. Four (4) subjects in this arm required dose 
reduction, but none discontinued due to this event. No Grade 4 treatment-related anemia was 
reported. A higher number of Grade 3 events was reported in Arm B than in Arm A (64.3% vs. 
42.1%). In conclusion, hematologic toxicities were less pronounced in Arm A and, from a safety 
perspective, this dose and regimen warrants further investigation.  
Refer to the latest version of the Investigator’s Brochure21 for updated information regarding 
hematologic toxicity. 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
37 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
1.1.5.3.2. 
Non-Hematologic Toxicities 
In Study CP14B019, the incidence of severe (Grade 3 or greater) non-hematologic adverse events 
was low. Events that happened in more than 1 subject are as follows: fatigue in 3 patients, and 2 
patients each who had a prolonged activated partial thromboplastin time (aPTT), atrial fibrillation, 
heart failure, hyperuricemia, and hyperkalemia. 
Refer to the latest version of the Investigator’s Brochure21 for updated information regarding non-
hematologic toxicity. 
1.1.5.3.3. 
Hepatotoxicity 
The adverse events of concern in the clinical studies thus far have been liver function test (LFT) 
abnormalities or clinical hepatic adverse events. In Study CP14B019, in Arms A and B, worsening 
in aspartate aminotransferase (AST) (60.6%) is the most commonly reported treatment-emergent 
LFT parameter, followed by alkaline phosphatase (ALP) (57.4%), total bilirubin (48.5%), and 
alanine aminotransferase (ALT) (42.4%). Worsening is defined as National Cancer Institute 
Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events (NCI-CTCAE) grade elevated after baseline 
OR if baseline result was > upper limit of normal (ULN) and on-study result elevated to ≥ 1.5 x 
baseline. Most LFT abnormalities were Grade 1 and Grade 2, with only 3 subjects experiencing 
Grade 3 events (2 with ALP and 1 with total bilirubin). No subject had Grade 3 or higher AST or 
ALT elevation. No hepatic adverse events attributed to imetelstat in MF subjects were reported 
and no treatment discontinuations or delays were due to LFT abnormalities. The CP14B-019 study 
is ongoing and LFT monitoring continues. 
Reversibility of liver function test abnormalities was demonstrated. Following cessation of 
imetelstat in the ET/PV and multiple myeloma study patients, there were no new liver-related 
adverse events and the LFT abnormalities resolved in the majority of the patients whose data were 
available. However, the clinical significance and long-term consequences of the abnormal hepatic 
biochemistry findings with ongoing treatment remain unknown at this time. Severe hepatobiliary 
events, including acute hepatic failure and cirrhosis have been observed and relationship to 
imetelstat cannot be excluded. 
Refer to the latest version of the Investigator’s Brochure21 for updated information regarding 
hepatotoxicity. 
1.1.6. 
Target Engagement With Imetelstat 
Preclinical and clinical target engagement data suggest that ≥30% inhibition of telomerase is 
required to exert a measurable pharmacological effect. In the Phase 1 Study CP05-101, inhibition 
of telomerase activity (TA) in peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) was measured 24 hours 
after a single dose of imetelstat (ranging from 4.8 mg/kg to 11.7 mg/kg) in 23 subjects. Telomerase 
activity was analyzed using the telomere repeat amplification protocol (TRAP) assay. Measurable 
inhibition of telomerase was observed across different doses. A maximum efficacy (Emax) model 
was constructed to relate percent of TA change to the observed Cmax. 
 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
38 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
 
 
  
1.1.7. 
Differentiation of Response by Exposure 
A dose of 4.7 mg/kg every 3 weeks was the minimum dose that engages the target, as demonstrated 
by telomerase inhibition. To evaluate the pharmacokinetic (PK) overlap between the lower dose 
of 4.7 mg/kg and 9.4 mg/kg given every 3 weeks, a population PK model was developed for 
imetelstat using a 2-compartment target-mediated drug disposition model with saturable binding. 
The PK simulation results showed minimal overlap of exposure range (90% confidence interval 
of both area under the curve (AUC) and maximum plasma concentration [Cmax]) associated with 
the 9.4 mg/kg dose and 4.7 mg/kg, thus theoretically allowing for a differentiated response. 
The data summarized above provide support for 9.4 mg/kg every 3 weeks as an effective and 
tolerable dosing regimen. A dose of 4.7 mg/kg is anticipated to be the lowest dose associated with 
a measurable level of target engagement. Exposures associated with the 4.7 and 9.4 mg/kg doses 
show minimal overlap. Therefore, these are rational choices to cover the potential therapeutic 
range. 
In conclusion, data to date from Study CP14B019 show the overall response rate (CR+PR+CI, 
2013 IWG-MRT criteria) was 36.4%. Durable remissions (CR+PR) evaluated per modified 2013 
IWG-MRT criteria were also seen. In addition, 34.8% of subjects had a spleen response (by 
palpation, lasting ≥ 12 weeks) and 30.8% of subjects who were transfusion dependent at baseline 
became transfusion independent during the study. Thirty-nine point one percent (39.1%) of 
subjects had a spleen response (50% reduction by palpation at 24 weeks), including subjects who 
were previously treated with a JAK inhibitor. 
The safety profile of imetelstat is consistent with its mechanism of action. The safety profile of 
Arm A (9.4 mg/kg every 21 days) is acceptable in the setting of patients with relapsed/refractory 
MF. Treatment-related cytopenias are expected in this population given their compromised bone 
marrow reserve and reliance on extramedullary hematopoiesis. These events can be managed by 
rigorous safety monitoring, timely dose modifications, transfusions and immediate treatment of 
patients with fever and neutropenia or other signs of infections. Liver function test abnormalities 
were mainly Grade 1 and 2 and were reversible. However, they remain adverse events of special 
interest that will be closely monitored. Given the efficacy and safety findings from Study 
CP14B019, imetelstat 9.4 mg/kg every 21 days appears to have an acceptable balance of benefit 
and risk in this patient population. 
1.2. 
Overall Rationale for the Study 
Myelofibrosis, particularly intermediate-2 or high risk disease, is a fatal condition. Ruxolitinib, a 
JAK inhibitor, is the only drug approved for the treatment of patients with intermediate or high 
risk MF. Several other JAK inhibitors such as pacritinib and momelotinib are currently in Phase 3 
development. For patients who have been previously treated with a JAK inhibitor, there is no 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
39 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
approved therapy and the prognosis is very poor. Despite the demonstrated clinical activity of JAK 
inhibitor in MF, many subjects discontinued treatment. For example, the 3-year discontinuation 
rates after treatment with ruxolitinib have been reported to be approximately 50%, with major 
reasons for discontinuation being loss of therapeutic effect and lack of response.30 The median 
survival of patients with relapsed and refractory MF who discontinued ruxolitinib has been 
reported to be 6 months.22 Therefore, there remains great unmet need for the patients who have 
been treated previously with a JAK inhibitor. 
Imetelstat, a first-in-class telomerase inhibitor, with its novel mechanism of action, may provide 
clinical benefit to MF patients. In addition to reduction in palpable splenomegaly in subjects 
previously treated with a JAK inhibitor, treatment with imetelstat has induced CR and PR in 
subjects with MF, including improvement of bone marrow fibrosis.29 Imetelstat has also 
demonstrated an acceptable and manageable safety profile. 
2. 
OBJECTIVES AND HYPOTHESIS 
2.1. 
Objectives 
Primary Objectives 
The primary objectives of this study are to evaluate spleen response rate and symptom response 
rate of 2 dose regimens of imetelstat (9.4 mg/kg and 4.7 mg/kg imetelstat given intravenous [IV] 
every 3 weeks) in subjects with intermediate-2 or high-risk MF who are relapsed after or refractory 
to JAK inhibitor treatment. 
Secondary Objectives 
The secondary objectives are: 
• 
To assess the safety of imetelstat 
• 
To assess CR or PR, CI, spleen response, symptoms response, and anemia response per 
modified 2013 IWG-MRT criteria, duration of responses, and overall survival (OS). 
• 
To evaluate the pharmacokinetics of imetelstat 
• 
To evaluate the PK/response and pharmacodynamic (PD) relationships with factors that 
include hemoglobin concentration, spleen size, and platelet count  
• 
To evaluate the immunogenicity of imetelstat 
• 
To assess the effect of treatment on PROs (patient-reported outcomes) 
Exploratory Objectives 
The exploratory objectives are: 
• 
To assess the pharmacokinetic relationship with TA, TL or hTERT 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
40 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
• 
To characterize the baseline cytogenetic and mutational status for their association with 
clinical response, and to evaluate the change of cytogenetic abnormalities or mutant allele 
burden for assessing cytogenetic and molecular responses. 
2.2. 
Hypothesis 
The primary hypothesis of the study is that treatment with the selected dose of imetelstat will result 
in a 
 in subjects with intermediate-
2 or high-risk MF who are relapsed after or refractory to JAK inhibitor treatment. 
3. 
STUDY DESIGN AND RATIONALE 
3.1. 
Overview of Study Design 
This was originally designed as a randomized, single-blind, multicenter, Phase 2 study of 2 dosing 
regimens (treatment arms) of single-agent imetelstat in subjects with intermediate-2 or high risk 
MF (PMF, PET-MF, or PPV-MF) whose disease is relapsed after or refractory to JAK inhibitor 
treatment. Approximately 200 subjects were to be enrolled in this study with approximately 100 
subjects per treatment arm.  
The original study design allowed for enrollment of approximately 200 subjects; however, 
following the first interim review of data, and in line with Protocol Amendment 2, enrollment of 
new subjects into Arm A was suspended and enrollment into Arm B was permanently closed. 
Therefore, total enrollment in the study may be approximately 160 subjects if enrollment in Arm 
A is resumed after the second interim review. In addition, neither subjects nor investigators will 
be blinded to subject treatment assignment. 
The main study will have 3 phases: a screening phase of up to 21 days before 
randomization/registration during which subject eligibility will be reviewed and approved by the 
sponsor 
prior 
to 
randomization/registration; 
a 
treatment 
phase 
will 
extend 
from 
randomization/registration until study drug discontinuation; and a posttreatment follow-up phase 
that begins when the subject discontinues imetelstat. The posttreatment follow-up phase will 
continue until death, lost to follow-up, withdrawal of consent or study end, whichever occurs first. 
The end of the main study is defined as 18 months after the last subject is enrolled or when the 
sponsor terminates the study, whichever comes first. 
Study treatment will be administered on a 21-day cycle. When the randomization was in effect, 
eligible subjects were stratified based on a) spleen size ≥15 cm below the left costal margin by 
palpation (yes vs. no) and b) platelet count at study entry (platelets ≥75 x 109/L [ie, ≥75,000/mm3] 
and <150 x 109/L [ie, <150,000/mm3] vs. ≥150 x 109/L [ie, ≥150,000/mm3]). Subjects were then 
randomized within each stratum in a 1:1 ratio to one of the treatment arms. Subjects on Arm A 
received 9.4 mg/kg every 3 weeks and subjects on Arm B received 4.7 mg/kg every 3 weeks. Study 
drug will be administered intravenously (IV) until disease progression, unacceptable toxicity, or 
study end. 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
41 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
Subjects in Arm B may continue with their current imetelstat dose or have it increased to 9.4 mg/kg 
at the investigator’s discretion according to the guidance provided in Section 6. Subjects in Arm 
A may continue treatment at the investigator’s discretion. Subjects in either arm who discontinue 
treatment will continue in the Posttreatment Follow-up Phase. Any subject already in the Screening 
Phase at the time study enrollment was suspended, and who was subsequently determined to be 
eligible for the study, was allowed to proceed with treatment assignment to the 9.4 mg/kg arm per 
investigator discretion, subject agreement, and IRB/IEC notification. 
The co-primary endpoints of this study are spleen response rate and symptom response rate. Spleen 
response rate is defined as the proportion of subjects who achieve ≥35% reduction in spleen 
volume at Week 24 from baseline as measured by imaging scans. Symptom response rate is defined 
as the proportion of subjects who have ≥50% reduction in TSS at Week 24 from baseline as 
measured by the modified Myelofibrosis Symptom Assessment Form (MFSAF) v2.0 (Attachment 
1) diary. The selected dose of imetelstat will be considered effective if both of the endpoints pass 
the defined lower rate threshold. Secondary efficacy endpoints include CR or PR, CI, spleen 
response, symptoms response, and anemia response per modified 2013 IWG-MRT criteria, 
duration of responses, and OS. 
Assessment of disease response and disease progression will be conducted based on modified 2013 
IWG-MRT response criteria28 at the time points specified in the Time and Events Schedule. Safety 
evaluations will include adverse event monitoring, physical examinations, clinical laboratory 
parameters (hematology and chemistry), vital sign measurements, Eastern Cooperative Oncology 
Group (ECOG) performance status, and concomitant medication usage. All study evaluations will 
be conducted according to the Time and Events Schedule. 
The first interim data review was designed as follows: The interim data review will be performed 
by the sponsor after approximately 20 subjects have been randomized in each arm and followed 
for at least 12 weeks. At this time, the sponsor will assess all available data (eg, PK, safety, 
efficacy, PD biomarkers: TA, TL or hTERT), and conduct integrated exposure-response analyses 
with PK/PD, safety and efficacy modeling. Based on these analyses, the sponsor will determine if 
enrollment in one or both treatment arms should continue, or if an alternative dose should be 
selected for further development. Enrollment will continue during this time and response data 
assessed by the investigator will be used for the interim review. 
At the time of Protocol Amendment 2, enrollment of new subjects in this study is suspended. A 
second interim review will be performed with a clinical cutoff that is 6 months after the clinical 
cutoff used for the first interim review. IRC assessment of SVR will be used for efficacy 
evaluation. 
 
 
  
The Sponsor Committee will review all the safety data on a quarterly basis, or more frequently, as 
needed. The study will have enhanced reporting for adverse events of interest, which includes 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
42 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
Grade 3 or greater elevations of AST, ALT, ALP and bilirubin, and all hepatic adverse events. 
Additional details can be found in Sections 9.8 (Safety Evaluations) and 12.3.3 (Adverse Events 
of Interest). Additionally, all hepatic adverse events and LFT abnormalities will be reviewed at 
least on a quarterly basis, or as needed, by an Independent Hepatic Expert Committee. 
With Protocol Amendment 3, the study is closed to further subject enrollment. Subjects in the 
Treatment Phase who are benefiting from study treatment may enter an Extension Phase and 
continue to receive imetelstat until there is loss of benefit or unacceptable toxicity, as determined 
by the investigator according to local standard of care. Subjects in the Posttreatment Follow-up 
Phase will enter the Extension Phase to continue follow-up for survival status. In line with Protocol 
Amendment 4, the Extension Phase will end approximately 2 years after the clinical cutoff for the 
final analysis of the main study, or when the sponsor terminates the study, whichever occurs first. 
The Hepatic Expert Committee and Sponsor Committee will continue to review study data 
collected during the Extension Phase.  
 
  
 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
43 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
A diagram of the study design following Amendment 2 is provided below in Figure 1. 
Figure 2 presents the design of the Extension Phase following Amendment 4. 
Figure 1: 
Schematic Overview of the Study Following Amendment 2 
 
Note: Any subject already in the Screening Phase at the time study enrollment was suspended, and who was 
subsequently determined to be eligible for the study, was allowed to proceed with treatment assignment to the 
9.4 mg/kg arm per investigator discretion, subject agreement, and IRB/IEC notification. 
 
 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
44 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
Figure 2: 
Schematic Overview of the Extension Phase Following Amendment 4 
 
3.2. 
Study Design Rationale 
Study Population 
Treatment options for patients with advanced MF who are not allogeneic stem cell transplant 
candidates are limited to hydroxyurea, interferon, and JAK inhibitors. The effectiveness of these 
treatments mainly is limited to symptom burden relief and reduction in splenomegaly. Current 
therapies have not been shown to induce remissions or change the natural history of MF and result 
in high discontinuation rates and a lack of durable responses. Survival for patients whose disease 
has relapsed or is refractory to ruxolitinib is approximately 6 months.22 Therefore, there remains a 
highly unmet need for effective treatments for the patients who have been treated previously with 
a JAK inhibitor. 
Primary Endpoints 
The co-primary endpoints of this study are spleen response rate and symptom response rate. Spleen 
response rate is defined as the proportion of subjects achieving a ≥35% reduction in spleen volume 
at Week 24 from baseline as measured by imaging scans. Symptom response rate is defined as the 
proportion of subjects who have ≥50% reduction in TSS at Week 24 from baseline as measured 
by the modified MFSAF v2.0 diary.  


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
45 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
Splenomegaly is a cardinal feature of MF and is linked to abdominal pain and impairment of 
quality of life. Therefore, spleen volume reduction (SVR) by ≥35% has been shown to be a valid 
endpoint that predicts clinical benefit. Recent data by Vannucchi32 suggests positive correlation of 
on-treatment SVR at Week 24 with a reduced risk of death.  
As was seen in COMFORT-I and COMFORT-II, treatment of MF with ruxolitinib led to a 
significant reduction in spleen volume as well as improvement in clinical symptom burden (using 
the MFSAF TSS in COMFORT-I). Notably, some patients without SVR demonstrated symptom 
improvement in these studies. Mature data from both studies also have demonstrated significant 
improvements in OS.33,9  
Secondary Endpoints 
The depth of the response will be captured by assessment of CR and PR. The data from Study 
CP14B019 suggest the potential for disease modification (eg, reversal of bone marrow fibrosis, 
resolution of leukoerythroblastosis, blast count reduction) and long-term benefit to patients that 
has not been observed with current therapies. Duration of responses will be assessed. Subjects will 
be followed for OS. 
Dose and Regimen Selection 
Based on data from the MF CP14B019 study, 9.4 mg/kg given on a 3-week cycle has an acceptable 
safety profile and favorable efficacy. Therefore, this is one of the doses to be used in the study. 
In Phase 1 and 2 studies in various solid tumor types, lower as well as higher doses of imetelstat 
were explored allowing for the derivation of dose and exposure-response relationships. 
 
 
 
 
 
Pharmacokinetic and Immunogenicity Evaluations 
The PK data from this study will be used for PK/PD modeling to aid in the selection of a 
development dose. Therefore, PK samples will be obtained from all subjects and the derived PK 
parameters will provide information about the determinants of inter-subject variability in this 
population. Samples may also be used to evaluate the formation of metabolites of imetelstat. 
Immunogenicity to imetelstat has not been studied in preclinical or clinical studies. Therefore, 
samples to determine the presence of antibodies to imetelstat (immunogenicity) will be collected 
from all subjects. 
Biomarkers 
Based on the mechanism of action of imetelstat and results from preclinical and previous clinical 
studies, imetelstat is expected to cause TA inhibition, TL shortening, and hTERT level reduction. 
Blood samples will be collected to evaluate TA, TL, or hTERT RNA level changes as PD 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
46 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
biomarkers. Karyotyping on bone marrow samples will be performed to evaluate cytogenetic 
response by assessing the reduction or depletion of clones with cytogenetic abnormalities. Blood 
samples will be analyzed to characterize mutation status and decrease or eradication of specific 
mutation burden, for determining molecular response. Other biomarker goals include evaluation 
of potential inter-individual variability in clinical outcomes or identification of population 
subgroups that respond differently to imetelstat. 
Patient-reported Outcomes 
The purpose of the PRO questionnaires, EORTC QLQ-C30 (Attachment 2), Brief Pain Inventory 
(Short Form) (BPI) (Attachment 3) and The Patient Global Impression of Change (PGIC) 
(Attachment 4), is to provide an assessment of the subject’s functional status, well-being, and MF 
symptoms over time and will be used to further validate the modified MFSAF v2.0. The EuroQol-
EQ-5D (EQ-5D-5L) (Attachment 5) assessment will provide estimates of utility to include in 
future cost effectiveness models. 
3.2.1. 
Rationale for Protocol Changes Following the First Interim Review  
The first interim data review to assess safety and early efficacy, and to perform comprehensive 
exposure-response analyses was performed after approximately 20 subjects in each arm were 
followed-up for at least 12 weeks. The safety analysis for this interim review included data for 79 
subjects (40 in the 4.7 mg/kg arm; 39 in the 9.4 mg/kg arm) who received at least 1 dose of study 
drug. The efficacy analysis included 40 evaluable subjects (20 in 4.7 mg/kg arm; 20 in the 9.4 
mg/kg arm) who received at least 1 dose of study drug, had a baseline MRI, and at least 1 post-
baseline MRI assessed by investigator. 
First Interim Review of Safety 
The patient populations enrolled into each arm were balanced in terms of type of myelofibrosis 
(primary-MF, PPV-MF, or PET-MF) and DIPSS prognostic risk. 
With a median treatment duration of 4 cycles (range 1-15 cycles), both the 4.7 mg/kg and 
9.4 mg/kg arms were found to have an acceptable safety profile consistent with that observed in 
prior studies with imetelstat. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
47 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
First Interim Review of Efficacy 
The landmark analysis of spleen response demonstrated that at Week 12, 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
First Interim Review of PK 
No prior PK data were available from subjects with myelofibrosis. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Summary  
Data from the first interim review indicate that 
 
 
 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
48 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
 
 
 
Consequently, the following protocol changes will be implemented with Protocol Amendment 2: 
• 
Enrollment of new subjects was suspended for Arm A (9.4 mg/kg) and permanently closed 
for Arm B (4.7 mg/kg).  
• 
Subjects currently in the 9.4 mg/kg arm may continue treatment at the investigator’s 
discretion. 
• 
Subjects in the 4.7 mg/kg arm may continue to receive treatment and may have their dose 
escalated to 9.4 mg/kg if pre-defined safety parameters are met and at the investigator’s 
discretion (see Section 6). Subjects who have clinical benefit per investigator assessment but 
do not meet eligibility for dose escalation may choose to continue to be treated with the 
4.7 mg/kg dose and continue assessments per protocol.  
• 
PK sampling will continue for all subjects to allow further characterization of the imetelstat 
exposure-response relationship in patients with MF until the PK/PD objectives are met. 
The determination of whether a subject is to continue on treatment is to be made by the investigator 
in consultation with the subject and will be based on the assessment of benefit-risk for each 
individual subject. 
3.2.2. 
Rationale for the Extension Phase 
Once the end of the main study has been reached (Section 17.9.1), accommodation must be made 
to allow subjects benefiting from imetelstat to continue treatment, if considered to be in the 
subject’s interest, until there is loss of benefit or unacceptable toxicity, as determined by the 
investigator according to local standard of care. The addition of an Extension Phase allows this 
unmet-need population to continue treatment with imetelstat for approximately 2 years after the 
clinical cutoff for the final analysis of the main study, or until the sponsor terminates the study, 
whichever occurs first. It is anticipated that 2 years will allow sufficient time for all subjects to 
receive adequate treatment and allow additional maturity of the survival data and a more precise 
estimate of overall survival. 
 
 Because sufficient data will have been collected during 
the main study to allow the planned final analysis, data collection during the Extension Phase is 
limited to imetelstat treatment information, survival status, pregnancy, and serious adverse event 
reporting. Data review by the Hepatic Expert Committee and Sponsor Committee during the 
Extension Phase provides continued independent oversight of subject safety. 
4. 
SUBJECT POPULATION 
Subject eligibility will be reviewed and approved by the sponsor prior to randomization. Screening 
for eligible subjects will be performed within 21 days before randomization. 
The inclusion and exclusion criteria for enrolling subjects in this study are described in the 
following 2 subsections. Waivers are not allowed. 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
49 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
4.1. 
Inclusion Criteria 
Each potential subject must satisfy all of the following criteria to be enrolled in the study.  
1. 
≥18 years of age 
2. 
Diagnosis of PMF according to the revised WHO criteria (Attachment 6); or PET-MF 
or PPV-MF according to the IWG-MRT criteria (Attachment 7). A report from the local 
laboratory for diagnosis of MF must be reviewed and approved by the sponsor. 
3. 
DIPSS intermediate-2 or high risk MF (Attachment 8) 
4. 
Measurable splenomegaly prior to study entry as demonstrated by: 
• 
palpable spleen measuring ≥5 cm below the left costal margin. The edge of the 
spleen should be measured in centimeters from the mid-clavicular line on the left 
side of the abdomen to the point of greatest splenic protrusion. 
OR 
• 
spleen volume of ≥ 450 cm3 measured by magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) 
5. 
Active symptoms of MF as demonstrated by a symptom score of at least 5 points (on a 
0 to 10 scale) on at least one of the symptoms or a score of 3 or greater on at least 2 of 
the following symptoms: night sweats, itchiness, abdominal discomfort, pain under ribs 
on left side, early satiety, bone or muscle pain, and inactivity. 
6. 
Criterion modified per Amendment 1. 
6.1 
Documented progressive disease during or after JAK inhibitor therapy defined as 
worsening of splenomegaly-related abdominal pain at any time after the start of JAK 
inhibitor therapy, and 
EITHER 
• 
no reduction in spleen volume or size after 12 weeks of JAK inhibitor therapy 
OR 
• 
worsening splenomegaly at any time after the start of JAK inhibitor therapy 
documented by: 
− 
increase in spleen volume from nadir by 25% measured by MRI or computed 
tomography (CT), or  
− 
increase in spleen size by palpation, CT, or ultrasound  
o 
for splenomegaly of 5-10 cm at the start of JAK inhibitor treatment, at 
least 100% increase in palpable spleen size from nadir is required; 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
50 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
o 
for splenomegaly of >10 cm at the start of JAK inhibitor treatment, at least 
50% increase in palpable spleen size from nadir is required; 
o 
new splenomegaly must measure at least 5 cm. 
7. 
ECOG performance status 0, 1 or 2 (Attachment 9) 
8. 
Criterion modified per Amendment 1. 
8.1 
Hematology laboratory test values within the following limits:  
• 
Absolute neutrophil count (ANC) ≥1.5 x 109/L (ie, ≥1,500/mm3) independent of 
growth factor support 
• 
Platelets ≥75 x 109/L (ie, ≥75,000/mm3) independent of platelet transfusion support 
9. 
Criterion modified per Amendment 1. 
9.1 
Biochemical laboratory test values must be within the following limits 
• 
AST and ALT ≤2.5 x ULN 
• 
ALP ≤5 x ULN 
• 
Serum creatinine ≤2 x ULN 
• 
Total bilirubin ≤3 x ULN and direct bilirubin ≤2 x ULN 
10. 
Women of childbearing potential and men who are sexually active must be practicing a 
highly effective method of birth control during and after the study consistent with local 
regulations regarding the use of birth control methods for subjects participating in 
clinical trials. Men must agree to not father a child or donate sperm during and after the 
study. For females, these restrictions apply for 1 month after the last dose of study drug. 
For males, these restrictions apply for 3 months after the last dose of study drug. 
11. 
A woman of childbearing potential must have a negative serum (-human chorionic 
gonadotropin [-hCG]) or urine pregnancy test at Screening.  
12. 
Each subject (or their legally acceptable representative) must sign an informed consent 
form (ICF) indicating that he or she understands the purpose of and procedures required 
for the study and are willing to participate in the study. 
4.2. 
Exclusion Criteria 
Any potential subject who meets any of the following criteria will be excluded from participating 
in the study.  
1. 
Peripheral blood blast count of ≥10% or bone marrow blast count of ≥10% 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
51 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
2. 
Prior treatment with imetelstat 
3. 
Criterion modified per Amendment 1. 
3.1 
Major surgery within 4 weeks prior to randomization 
4. 
Criterion modified per Amendment 1. 
4.1 
Any chemotherapy or MF-directed therapy, investigational drug regardless of class or 
mechanism of action, hydroxyurea, immunomodulatory or immunosuppressive 
therapy, corticosteroids >30 mg/day prednisone or equivalent, or JAK inhibitor therapy 
≤14 days prior to randomization. 
5. 
Prior history of hematopoietic stem cell transplant 
6. 
Diagnosis or treatment for malignancy other than MF, except 
• 
Malignancy treated with curative intent and with no known active disease present 
for ≥3 years before randomization  
• 
Adequately treated non-melanoma skin cancer or lentigo maligna without evidence 
of disease 
• 
Adequately treated cervical carcinoma in situ without evidence of disease 
7. 
Clinically significant cardiovascular disease such as uncontrolled or symptomatic 
arrhythmias, congestive heart failure, or myocardial infarction within 6 months of 
Screening, or any Class 3 (moderate) or Class 4 (severe) cardiac disease as defined by 
the New York Heart Association Functional Classification. 
8. 
Known history of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) or any uncontrolled active 
systemic infection requiring IV antibiotics 
9. 
Criterion modified per Amendment 1. 
9.1. 
Active systemic hepatitis infection requiring treatment (carriers of hepatitis virus are 
permitted to enter the study), or any type or known acute or chronic liver disease 
including cirrhosis 
10. 
Females who are pregnant or currently breastfeeding 
11. 
Any life-threatening illness, medical condition, or organ system dysfunction which, in 
the investigator’s opinion, could compromise the subject’s safety, interfere with the 
imetelstat metabolism, or put the study outcomes at undue risk. 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
52 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
NOTE: Investigators should ensure that all study enrollment criteria have been met at screening. 
The last laboratory result obtained prior to randomization will be used to determine eligibility. If 
a subject's status changes (including laboratory results or receipt of additional medical records) 
after screening but before the first dose of study drug is given such that he or she no longer meets 
all hematologic eligibility criteria, the decision to administer study drug on Cycle 1 Day 1 is at the 
discretion of the investigator provided that the subject does not meet any threshold for dose 
modification (per Section 6, Dosage and Administration). Section 17.4, Source Documentation, 
describes the required documentation to support meeting the enrollment criteria. 
4.3. 
Prohibitions and Restrictions 
Potential subjects must be willing and able to adhere to the following prohibitions and restrictions 
during the course of the study to be eligible for participation: 
1. 
A woman of childbearing potential must remain on a highly effective method of birth 
control (see inclusion criteria) during the study and for 1 month after the last dose of 
study drug.  
2. 
A man who is sexually active with a woman of childbearing potential must use an 
adequate method of birth control and all men must also not donate sperm during the 
study and for 3 months after receiving the last dose of study drug. 
3. 
Section 8 details prestudy and concomitant therapies used in this study. 
5. 
TREATMENT ALLOCATION AND BLINDING 
This was originally designed as a single-blind study, in which subjects will be blinded to the 
treatment arms. This was to reduce potential bias during data collection, eg, modified MFSAF v2.0 
diary and PROs, which may be subject to self-assessment bias. Central randomization was 
implemented in this study. Subjects were assigned randomly to 1 of 2 treatment arms in a 1:1 ratio 
based on a computer-generated randomization schedule prepared before the study by or under the 
supervision of the sponsor. The randomization was stratified by a) spleen size ≥15 cm below the 
left costal margin by palpation (yes vs. no) and b) platelet count (≥75 x 109/L and <150 x 109/L 
vs. ≥150 x 109/L) and balanced by using randomly permuted blocks. The interactive web response 
system (IWRS) assigned a unique treatment code that dictated the treatment assignment and 
matching study drug kit for the subject. The requestor must use his or her user identification and 
personal identification number when contacting the IWRS, and will then give the relevant subject 
details to identify the subject. 
Beginning with Protocol Amendment 2, enrollment of new subjects into Arm A (9.4 mg/kg) is 
suspended and enrollment into Arm B (4.7 mg/kg) is permanently closed. Any subject already in 
the Screening Phase at the time study enrollment was suspended, and who was subsequently 
determined to be eligible for the study, was allowed to proceed with treatment assignment to the 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
53 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
9.4 mg/kg arm per investigator discretion, subject agreement, and IRB/IEC notification. In 
addition, neither subjects nor investigators will be blinded to treatment assignment. 
6. 
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION 
Imetelstat Sodium (GRN163L) for Injection (imetelstat) is the investigational product in this study 
and will be provided by the sponsor. Imetelstat will be administered as a 2-hour IV infusion 
(± 10 minutes) at a constant rate using a programmable volumetric infusion pump. The baseline 
weight will be used to calculate the dose of imetelstat. The dose should be recalculated if there is 
a ≥ 10% weight change from baseline. Subjects in Arm A will receive imetelstat 9.4 mg/kg every 
3 weeks and subjects in Arm B will receive 4.7 mg/kg every 3 weeks. Subjects may receive 
treatment until disease progression or unacceptable toxicity. Study drug may be held for up to 
21 days from the expected start date of the scheduled cycle; a hold >21 days must be reviewed and 
approved by the sponsor. Imetelstat should be discontinued permanently if it cannot be restarted 
within 21 days due to toxicity, unless approved by the sponsor. For treatment of hematologic 
toxicities, granulocyte colony stimulating factors (G-CSF) are permitted for neutropenia as well 
as blood transfusions for anemia or thrombocytopenia. 
If a subject's status changes (including laboratory results or receipt of additional medical records) 
after screening but before the first dose of study drug is given such that he or she no longer meets 
all hematologic eligibility criteria, the decision to administer study drug on Cycle 1 Day 1 is at the 
discretion of the investigator provided that the subject does not meet any threshold for dose 
modification. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dose Escalation Following Amendment 2 
Beginning with Protocol Amendment 2, subjects in Arm B (4.7 mg/kg) may continue to receive 
their current dose of imetelstat or, at the discretion of the investigator, have their dose increased to 
9.4 mg/kg. To be eligible for this dose escalation, a subject must meet study eligibility criteria for 
hematology laboratory values (inclusion criterion 8.1; ie, ANC ≥1.5 x 109/L; platelets ≥75 x 109/L) 
and biochemical laboratory values (inclusion criterion 9.1; ie, AST and ALT ≤2.5 x ULN, ALP ≤5 
x ULN, serum creatinine ≤2 x ULN, total bilirubin ≤3 x ULN, direct bilirubin ≤2 x ULN). In 
addition, subjects may not meet any threshold for dose modification for hematologic toxicity 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
54 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
(Section 6.1), non-hematologic toxicity (Section 6.2), or hepatic toxicity (Section 6.3). A subject 
who had a dose reduction at any time during the study is not permitted to dose escalate.  
Treatment During the Extension Phase 
Once the end of the main study has been reached, subjects who are receiving benefit from study 
treatment may continue to receive imetelstat during the Extension Phase. Dose modification 
guidelines provided in the following sections will continue in the Extension Phase. Subjects may 
receive treatment in the Extension Phase until there is loss of benefit or unacceptable toxicity, as 
determined by the investigator according to local standard of care. 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
55 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
6.4. 
Infusion-Related Reactions 
Subjects should be observed carefully during imetelstat infusions. Trained study staff at the clinic 
should be prepared to intervene in case of an infusion-related reaction. If an infusion-related 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
56 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
reaction develops, then the infusion should be interrupted temporarily and the actions in Table 7 
should be taken. 
Table 7: 
Management of Infusion-related Reactions 
Severity 
Recommended action 
Grade 1 
• 
Evaluate and manage symptomatically as needed. 
• 
May complete infusion if reaction remains mild, with stable 
vital signs and does not worsen to Grade 2. 
Grade 2 
• 
Stop infusion 
• 
Manage symptomatically as needed 
• 
After recovery, resume infusion at half the previous rate for 
30 minutes 
− 
If no further symptoms occur, complete the infusion at 
the full dose rate 
− 
If symptoms recur, discontinue infusion for that cycle  
Grade 3 
• 
Stop infusion 
• 
Administer supportive care as indicated 
• 
Observe subject carefully until the resolution of the adverse 
event or until the intensity of the event decreases to Grade 1, 
at which point the infusion may be restarted at the 
investigator’s discretion. Upon restart, the infusion rate should 
be half of that used before the interruption. Subsequently, the 
infusion rate may be increased at the investigator’s discretion. 
− 
If the intensity of the adverse event returns to Grade 3 
after restart of the infusion, then the procedure described 
in this section may be repeated at the investigator’s 
discretion. Should the intensity of the adverse event 
increase to Grade 3 for a third time, discontinue 
imetelstat  
Grade 4 
• 
Stop infusion 
• 
Administer supportive care as indicated 
• 
Discontinue imetelstat 
 
7. 
TREATMENT COMPLIANCE 
Study drug (imetelstat) will be administered by qualified site staff, and the details of each 
administration will be recorded in the electronic case report form (eCRF). Additional details are 
provided in the Site Investigational Product Manual (SIPM) or equivalent document.  
These guidelines for study drug administration and data collection will continue in the Extension 
Phase. 
8. 
PRESTUDY AND CONCOMITANT THERAPY 
All recommendations regarding the use of concomitant therapy are applicable to the Extension 
Phase. 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
57 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
All subjects receiving imetelstat must be premedicated with diphenhydramine (25 to 50 mg) and 
hydrocortisone (100 to 200 mg), or equivalent. It is recommended that subjects are monitored for 
at least 1 hour after the infusion has been completed. 
Subjects may receive supportive care as clinically indicated. This includes blood product support 
(blood transfusions and the use of granulocyte colony stimulating growth factors), anti-diarrheals, 
anti-emetics, analgesics, antibiotic treatment, and treatment of other medical conditions. 
The following medications are prohibited during the study: chemotherapy (anticancer) or MF-
directed therapy, immunotherapy, experimental therapy, and radiotherapy. Systemic use of 
corticosteroids in excess of prednisone 20 mg/day or its equivalent for more than 10 days is 
prohibited unless reviewed and approved by the sponsor’s medical monitor. Long-term, chronic 
use of corticosteroids at any dose also should be reviewed and approved by the sponsor’s medical 
monitor. Corticosteroids used as premedication are permitted. The sponsor must be notified in 
advance (or as soon as possible, thereafter) of any instances in which prohibited therapies are 
administered. 
Prestudy therapies administered up to 30 days before first dose of study drug must be recorded at 
screening. Transfusions up to 12 weeks prior to baseline also must be recorded at screening. 
Concomitant therapies (prescription or over-the-counter medications, including vaccines, 
vitamins, herbal supplements), including growth factors, transfusions, anti-infectives 
(antibacterials, antivirals, and antimycotics), steroids, anti-arrhythmics and other cardiac 
supportive therapy, anti-histamines, anti-emetics, anti-diarrheals, and anti-coagulants must be 
recorded throughout the study beginning with signing of the ICF to 30 days after the last dose of 
study drug or until the start of subsequent anticancer treatment, if earlier. Modification of an 
effective preexisting therapy should not be made for the explicit purpose of entering a subject into 
the study. Concomitant therapies should be recorded beyond 30 days only in conjunction with new 
or worsening adverse events or serious adverse events that meet the criteria outlined in Section 
12.3.2, Serious Adverse Events. 
The sponsor must be notified in advance (or as soon as possible thereafter) of any instances in 
which prohibited therapies are administered. 
9. 
STUDY EVALUATIONS 
9.1. 
Study Procedures 
9.1.1. 
Overview 
The Time and Events Schedules summarize the frequency and timing of efficacy, 
pharmacokinetic, immunogenicity, pharmacodynamic, biomarker, and safety measurements 
applicable to the main study and to the Extension Phase. As of Amendment 3, subjects will follow 
the Time and Events Schedule for the Extension Phase. Additional detail is provided in Section 
9.1.5. 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
58 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
The total blood volume for the study is approximately 604 mL (Table 8).  
Table 8: 
Volume of Blood to be Collected From Each Subject 
Type of Sample 
Volume per 
Sample (mL) 
No. of Samples 
per Subjecta 
Total Volume of 
Blood (mL)b 
Safety (including screening and posttreatment assessments) 
 
 
 
 - Hematology including efficacy 
5 
19 
95 
 - PT/INR and aPTT 
5 
15 
75 
 - Serum chemistry and expanded liver panelc 
10 
20 
200 
 - Hepatitis Serologyd  
13 
1 
13 
- Serum -hCG pregnancy tests 
2 
1 
2 
Pharmacokinetic samples (intensive or sparse)g 
2 
22 
44 
Immunogenicity 
2 
14 
28 
Pharmacodynamic samplesf 
14.5 
6 
87 
Biomarkers (Mutation analysis)e 
6 
4 
24 
Peripheral blood for cytogenetics (if required) 
4 
5 
20 
Biomarkers (Immunophenotyping) 
4 
4 
16 
Approximate Total 
 
 
604  
a. Volumes below derived for median 12 cycle duration and includes end of study visit. 
b. Calculated as number of samples multiplied by amount of blood per sample 
c. Serum chemistry includes basic liver function tests. An expanded panel of liver function tests is required at screening and 
may also be required for safety reasons. 
d.  Includes 2.5 mL of blood for hepatitis PCR testing when required to confirm study eligibility.  
e. Samples will be collected every 12 weeks until disease progression. 
f. Four additional 14.5-mL blood samples (58 mL total) for pharmacodynamic analysis are required for subjects who have 
their dose increased from 4.7 mg/kg to 9.4 mg/kg.  
g. Up to 4 additional 2-mL blood samples (up to 8 mL total) for sparse PK analysis are required for subjects who have their 
dose increased from 4.7 mg/kg to 9.4 mg/kg; and up to two, 2-mL time-matched blood PK samples are required for 
subjects who have bone marrow aspirate collected for PK analysis at Weeks 24 and 48. 
Note: An indwelling intravenous cannula may be used for blood sample collection. 
 
The total blood volume to be collected from each subject will be approximately 604 mL, including 
additional samples to be collected for subjects who have their dose increased from 4.7 mg/kg to 
9.4 mg/kg for pharmacodynamic analysis (58 mL) and PK analysis (up to 12 mL). Repeat or 
unscheduled samples may be taken for safety reasons or for technical issues with the samples. 
Additional 4-mL blood samples may be required for subjects who have peripheral blood collected 
for cytogenetic testing in place of bone marrow aspirate.  
Additional serum or urine pregnancy tests may be performed, as determined necessary by the 
investigator or required by local regulation, to establish the absence of pregnancy at any time 
during the subject's participation in the study. Repeat or unscheduled samples may be taken for 
safety reasons or technical issues with the samples.  
9.1.2. 
Screening Phase 
All subjects must sign an ICF prior to the conduct of any study-related procedures. Screening 
procedures will be performed up to 21 days before randomization/registration. Screening 
symptoms using the Screening Myelofibrosis Symptom Form must be completed after 
 
 and as close as possible to Day -7. An abdominal MRI 
for spleen assessment (including a portion of the pelvis when the spleen protrudes into pelvic 
cavity) must be completed 
 and as close 
as possible to randomization. Screening spleen palpation and hematology must also be completed 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
59 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
. The bone marrow aspirate (if 
clinically feasible) and biopsy must be performed for disease assessment up to 60 days before 
randomization. Additionally, where clinically feasible, a bone marrow aspirate will be collected 
prior to randomization for cytogenetic assessment. Peripheral blood may be submitted in place of 
an aspirate only if a bone marrow aspirate cannot be obtained. The sponsor will inform the sites 
which subjects have a cytogenetic abnormality based on the baseline analysis and will need to have 
subsequent samples collected for cytogenetic analysis. 
Laboratory tests noted in the inclusion criteria must be performed and the results within the limits 
specified in the inclusion criteria. Testing may be repeated for this purpose and can be repeated if 
needed to fall within the screening period. The last result obtained prior to randomization will be 
used to determine eligibility. Assessments performed as part of the subject’s routine clinical 
evaluation and not specifically for this study need not be repeated after signed ICF has been 
obtained provided the assessments fulfill the study requirements and are performed within the 
specified timeframe prior randomization. 
Diagnosis of MF must be confirmed by the sponsor. A laboratory report from the local laboratory 
and supporting documentation consistent with a diagnosis of MF must be made available to the 
sponsor prior to randomization. The sponsor will review eligibility criteria and approve enrollment 
of each subject into the study. 
The modified MFSAF v2.0 e-diary will be completed each evening starting on Day -7 (
 
) and will continue to be completed each 
evening through Week 48. The first EORTC QLQ-C30, EQ-5D-5L and BPI assessments will be 
administered prior to the first dose of study treatment. Subjects should be provided a private, quiet 
area to complete the questionnaires. The study site staff should instruct the subject to carefully 
read the instructions and questions of the PRO instrument(s) prior to marking responses, that there 
are no right or wrong answers, and that their responses to the questionnaire will not be used to 
determined their study eligibility.  
9.1.3. 
Single-Blind Treatment Phase 
Day 1/Day of Randomization/Registration 
This was originally a single-blind study, in which subjects were blinded to the treatment arms. 
Beginning with Protocol Amendment 2, neither subjects nor investigators will be blinded to 
subject treatment assignment. The Treatment Phase will begin at randomization/registration and 
will continue until study drug discontinuation. Subjects should start study treatment within 72 
hours after randomization/registration in the IWRS. 
Treatment Phase 
A cycle is defined as 21 days. Details of the procedures performed during the Treatment Phase are 
outlined in the Time and Events Schedule. A window of ±3 days is allowed for visits to the clinic. 
Subjects will be closely monitored for adverse events, laboratory abnormalities, and clinical 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
60 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
response. It is recommended that the EORTC QLQ-C30, EQ-5D-5L, BPI, PGIC, and MF 
Symptom Recall Form are administered before any tests, procedures, or other consultations. After 
the PRO questionnaires have been administered, a symptom-directed physical examination 
including spleen palpation will be conducted (see Section 9.2.1). Laboratory test results must be 
reviewed prior to administering study treatment. Adverse events and changes to concomitant 
medications will be recorded (see Section 17.5). Dose modifications will be made according to 
criteria described in Sections 6.1, 6.2, and 6.3. The investigator will assess subject response to 
therapy using the efficacy measurements and disease response criteria according to the schedule 
described in Section 9.2.1. 
Clinical evaluations and laboratory studies may be repeated more frequently, if clinically 
indicated. If a subject develops features of response (eg, improvement in palpable or radiographic 
splenomegaly, improvement of symptoms, resolution of leukoerythroblastosis, decreased 
transfusion requirements, etc.) and CR or PR are clinically suspected at a time not specified on the 
Time and Events Schedule then all required disease assessments should be performed. In order to 
confirm a CR or PR per modified IWG-MRT criteria, all disease assessments should be repeated 
12 weeks from time of CR or PR. If progressive disease is diagnosed, or the subject discontinues 
study treatment for other reasons, then the subject will complete the End-of-Treatment Visit within 
30 days after the last dose of study treatment, and enter the Posttreatment Follow-up Phase. 
End-of-Treatment/Early Withdrawal 
An End-of-Treatment Visit will be scheduled within 30 days after the last dose of the last study 
treatment for all subjects, including those discontinuing treatment for any reason, except for lost 
to follow-up, death, or withdrawal of consent for study participation. Subjects who discontinued 
from treatment due to disease progression, adverse event, or other reasons and enter the 
Posttreatment Follow-up Phase should have the End-of-Treatment Visit completed before starting 
any subsequent anti-MF treatment. If a subject is unable to return to the site for the 
End-of-Treatment Visit, then the subject should be contacted to collect adverse events that occur 
within 30 days after the last dose of the last study treatment. Additional information on reporting 
adverse events may be found in Section 12. The PGIC questionnaire and MF Symptom Recall 
Form should also be completed at the End-of-Treatment Visit. If the PGIC assessment is conducted 
via a telephone call with the subject, then the subject’s questionnaire responses will be read over 
the telephone to the site staff who will record the data in the questionnaires. If the subject is unable 
to complete the assessment during the Posttreatment Follow-up Phase, then the reason for not 
completing the questionnaire will be documented (ie, too ill, subject refused). 
9.1.4. 
Posttreatment Phase (Follow-Up) 
The Posttreatment Follow-up Phase is the time between the End-of-Treatment Visit and the end of 
study participation or end of study. During this phase, contact will be made to determine survival 
status, and subsequent anti-MF treatment every 16 weeks ± 7 days until study end. If the 
information on survival status and subsequent therapy is obtained via telephone contact, then 
written documentation of the communication must be available for review in the source 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
61 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
documents. If the subject has died, then the date and cause of death will be collected and 
documented on the CRF. Where allowed by local law, public records may be used to document 
death for the purpose of obtaining survival status. 
During the Posttreatment Phase, sites should attempt to administer the EORTC QLQ-C30, 
EQ-5D-5L and BPI assessments every 16 weeks ± 7 days, unless death or study end occurs first. 
Subjects who visit the site for the follow-up assessments should complete the questionnaires at 
that time. If the assessments are conducted via a telephone call with the subject, then the subject’s 
questionnaire responses will be read over the telephone to the site staff who will record the data in 
the questionnaires. If the subject is unable to complete the assessments during the Posttreatment 
Follow-up Phase, then the reason for not completing the questionnaires will be documented (ie, 
too ill, subject refused). 
Note that a plasma sample for immunogenicity testing should be collected at the first follow-up 
visit, and a posttreatment MRI is required 3 months after the last dose of study drug. Refer to the 
Time and Events Schedule for the timing of all Post-treatment Follow-up Phase procedures. 
9.1.5. 
Extension Phase 
Once the end of the main study has been reached, subjects in the Treatment Phase who are 
benefiting from study treatment may enter the Extension Phase and continue to receive imetelstat. 
Treatment may continue until there is loss of benefit or unacceptable toxicity, as determined by 
the investigator according to local standard of care. Subjects in the Posttreatment Follow-up Phase 
of the main study will enter the Extension Phase for continued follow-up of survival status.  
Subjects entering the Extension Phase must sign and date an updated ICF, at which time they will 
begin following the Time and Events Schedule for the Extension Phase. All requirements for 
administration of imetelstat, including guidelines for dose modification, will continue during the 
Extension Phase (see Section 6). Treatment may continue until there is loss of benefit or 
unacceptable toxicity, as determined by the investigator according to local standard of care. 
Subjects who discontinue imetelstat during the Extension Phase, or who have already discontinued 
imetelstat before entering the Extension Phase, will be contacted to determine survival status every 
16 weeks ±7 days until the Extension Phase ends. Procedures for documentation of survival 
follow-up are described in Section 9.1.4. 
Data collection in the eCRF during the Extension Phase will be limited to imetelstat treatment 
information and survival status. Serious adverse events will be collected using the Serious Adverse 
Event Form (see Section 12.3.2) from the time the subject signs and dates the ICF for the Extension 
Phase until 30 days after the subject’s last dose of imetelstat. All serious adverse event information 
including information on concomitant medication, diagnostic procedures, and imetelstat 
administration associated with the serious adverse event will be collected using the Serious 
Adverse Event Form and entered into the Global Safety database for imetelstat only, and not into 
the clinical database. Pregnancy will be reported using the pregnancy notification form. 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
62 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
The Extension Phase will end approximately 2 years after the clinical cutoff for the final analysis 
of the main study, or when the sponsor terminates the study, whichever occurs first. The full study 
will end at that time. 
9.2. 
Efficacy 
9.2.1. 
Evaluations 
Imaging 
MRI of the abdomen will be performed to assess spleen volume. MRI will be performed at the 
time points specified in the Time and Events Schedule for disease evaluation. The scans will be 
reviewed locally and also sent to and read by the Independent Review Committee (IRC). Treatment 
decisions following any spleen volume assessments will be based on the IRC assessment. 
Spleen Length Measurement 
Spleen length measurement in centimeters will be assesed by manual palpation at every physical 
examination, disease evaluation study visit, end-of-treatment visit, and at the 3-month 
posttreatment follow-up (if feasible) as noted in the Time and Events Schedule. Subjects who have 
their dose increased from 4.7 mg/kg to 9.4 mg/kg will have an additional spleen assessment before 
starting the higher dose. The edge of the spleen should be determined by palpation from the mid-
clavicular line at the costal margin on the left side of the abdomen to the point of greatest splenic 
protrusion. 
Bone Marrow Assessment 
Bone marrow biopsy and aspirate samples must be collected at the time points specified in the 
Time and Events Schedule for disease assessment and must be sent to the sponsor’s approved 
central laboratory. Where clinically feasible, bone marrow aspirate should also be collected at the 
time points specified and sent to the central laboratory for cytogenetic assessment. In cases where 
it is not clinically feasible to collect an aspirate for cytogenetics, a peripheral blood sample will be 
collected for this testing. Central review of the bone marrow biopsy will be used to assess response 
to imetelstat for the efficacy analysis. 
Peripheral Blood Analysis 
Peripheral blood will be collected at the time points specified in the Time and Events Schedule for 
disease assessment and evaluated for hemoglobin, neutrophils and immature myeloid cells. Central 
review of the peripheral smear will be used to assess response to imetelstat for the efficacy 
analysis. 
Screening Myelofibrosis (MF) Symptom Form 
The Screening MF Symptom Form (Attachment 10) should be completed during Screening so that 
eligibility (Inclusion Criteria #5) may be determined. The Screening MF Symptom Form is a 
single-use, paper version of the modified MFSAF v2.0 diary that will be implemented in the study 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
63 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
using a hand-held device, and is adapted from the published modified MFSAF v2.0 questionnaire 
published by Mesa.25 
Modified Myelofibrosis Symptom Assessment Form (MFSAF) Diary 
Once eligibility has been confirmed via the Screening MF Symptom Form, subjects will be issued 
a hand-held electronic device to record answers to queries regarding MF symptoms. Questions on 
these symptoms are from the modified MFSAF v2.0 questionnaire25 and will be completed by 
subjects each night beginning at Day -7, and continuing to the Week 48 visit. Symptoms will be 
assessed including night sweats, itchiness, abdominal discomfort, pain under ribs on left side, early 
satiety, bone or muscle pain, and inactivity. Scoring is from 0 (absent/as good as it can be) to 10 
(worst imaginable/as bad as it can be) for each item. Detailed directions for the administration of 
the modified MFSAF v2.0 diary will be provided in a Reference Manual. 
Myelofibrosis (MF) Symptom Recall Form 
The MF Symptom Recall Form (Attachment 11) should be completed, starting after Week 48, at 
the time points specified in the Time and Events Schedule. The MF Symptom Recall Form is a 
paper questionnaire adapted from the modified MFSAF v2.0 diary, and includes a modified recall 
period of the average of the prior 7 days. 
Efficacy Response Assessment 
Response assessment for the response categories in Table 9 will be done per the modified 2013 
IWG-MRT criteria. Assessment of response should include radiographic imaging, evaluation of 
blood and bone marrow (if applicable), and modified MFSAF v2.0 diary. 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
64 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
Table 9: 
Response Categories 
Response Category 
Required Criteria 
 
For all response categories, benefit must last for >12 weeksa to 
qualify as a response 
Clinical Improvement 
(CI) 
The achievement of anemia, spleen or symptoms response without 
progressive disease or increase in severity of anemia, 
thrombocytopenia, or neutropeniab 
Anemia Response 
Subjects with baseline Hb <10 g/dL but not meeting strict criteria for 
transfusion dependency: a ≥ 2 g/dL increase in Hbc 
Transfusion dependent subjects at baseline: becoming transfusion 
independent. Transfusion independence is defined as absence of any 
pRBC transfusions for at least 12 “rolling” weeksc 
Spleen Response 
A baseline splenomegaly that is palpable at 5-10 cm, below the 
LCM, becomes not palpable or 
A baseline splenomegaly that is palpable at >10 cm, below the 
LCM, decreases by ≥50% 
A spleen response requires confirmation by MRI showing >35% 
SVR 
Symptoms Response 
A ≥50% reduction in the modified MFSAF v2.0 TSSd 
Progressive Disease 
Splenomegaly requires MRI showing a ≥25% increase in spleen 
volume from baseline or 
Appearance of a new splenomegaly that is palpable at least 5 cm 
below the LCM or 
A ≥100% increase in palpable distance, below LCM, for baseline 
splenomegaly of 5-10 cm or 
A 50% increase in palpable distance, below LCM, for baseline 
splenomegaly of >10 cm or 
Leukemic transformation confirmed by a bone marrow blast count 
of >20% or 
A peripheral blood blast content of >20% associated with an 
absolute blast count of >1 X 109/L that lasts for at least 2 weeks 
Stable Disease 
Belonging to none of the above listed response categories 
Relapse 
No longer meeting criteria for at least CI after achieving CR, PR, or 
CI, or 
Loss of anemia response persisting for at least 1 month or 
Loss of spleen response persisting for at least 1 month 
a 
Benefit must last 12 weeks. This applies to clinical improvement, anemia response, spleen response, and symptoms response. 
b 
Increase in severity of anemia constitutes the occurrence of new transfusion dependency or a ≥2.0 g/dL decrease in hemoglobin 
level from pretreatment baseline that lasts for at least 12 weeks. Increase in severity of thrombocytopenia or neutropenia is 
defined as a 2-grade decline, from pretreatment baseline, in platelet count or ANC, according to the Common Terminology 
Criteria for Adverse Events (CTCAE) Version 4.03. In addition, assignment to CI requires a minimum platelet count of 
≥25,000 X 109/L and ANC of ≥0.5 x 109/L. 
c 
Transfusion dependency before study enrollment is defined as transfusions of at least 6 units of packed red blood cells (PRBC), 
in the 12 weeks prior to study enrollment, for a hemoglobin level of <8.5 g/dL, in the absence of bleeding or treatment-induced 
anemia. In addition, the most recent transfusion episode must have occurred in the 28 days prior to study enrollment. Response 
in transfusion-dependent patients requires absence of any PRBC transfusions during any consecutive “rolling” 12-week 
interval during the treatment phase, capped by a hemoglobin level of ≥8.5 g/dL. 
d 
Symptoms are evaluated by the modified MFSAF v2.0 TSS. The modified MFSAF v2.0 TSS is assessed by the patients 
themselves and this includes night sweats, itchiness, abdominal discomfort, pain under ribs on left side, early satiety, bone or 
muscle pain, and inactivity. Scoring is from 0 (absent/as good as it can be) to 10 (worst imaginable/as bad as it can be) for 
each item. The modified MFSAF v2.0 TSS is the summation of all the individual scores, excluding inactivity (0-60 scale). 
Symptoms response requires ≥50% reduction in the modified MFSAF v2.0 TSS. After Week 48 symptom response will be 
assessed by the MF Symptom Recall Form. 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
65 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
For the response categories of CR and PR the criteria in Table 10 will be used. 
Table 10: 
Remission Parameters 
Parameters 
Complete Remission (CR) 
Partial Remission (PR) 
(Scenario 1) 
Partial Remission (PR) 
(Scenario 2) 
 
For all response categories, benefit must last for >12 weeks to qualify as a response 
Bone marrow 
Normocellular, <5% blasts, 
≤ Grade 1 fibrosis 
Normocellular, <5% blasts, 
≤ Grade 1 fibrosis 
Not meeting bone marrow 
remission criteria 
Immature myeloid 
cells in PB 
<2% 
<2%  
<2%  
Hemoglobin 
10 g/dL – ULN 
8.5 – <10 g/dL 
10 g/dL – ULN 
Neutrophils 
1 x 109/L – ULN 
1 x 109/L – ULN 
1 x 109/L – ULN 
Platelets 
100 x 109/L – ULN 
50 - <100 x 109/L 
100 x 109/L – ULN 
Spleen 
Not palpable and ≤350ml 
volume 
≥35% splenic volumetric 
reduction by MRI or not 
palpable 
≥35% splenic volumetric 
reduction by MRI or not 
palpable 
EMH 
No non-hepato-splenic 
EMH 
No non-hepato-splenic 
EMH 
No non-hepato-splenic EMH 
Symptoms 
>70% improvement in 
symptom score per modified 
MFSAF v2.0 TSS 
>50% improvement in 
symptom score per modified 
MFSAF v2.0 TSS 
>50% improvement in 
symptom score per modified 
MFSAF v2.0 TSS 
CR=complete remission; EMH=extramedullary hematopoiesis; MFSAF TSS= Modified Myelofibrosis Symptom Assessment 
Form Total Symptom Score; MRI=magnetic resonance imaging; PR=partial remission; ULN=upper limit of normal 
 
Radiographic evaluations will be assessed by an independent radiologist, and bone marrow fibrosis 
and peripheral blood smear assessments will be performed by an independent pathologist. Detailed 
procedures will be described in a separate IRC charter. 
9.2.2. 
Endpoints 
Primary Endpoints 
The co-primary endpoints of this study are spleen response rate and symptom response rate. Spleen 
response rate is defined as the proportion of subjects who achieve ≥35% reduction in spleen 
volume at Week 24 from baseline as measured by imaging scans. Symptom response rate is defined 
as the proportion of subjects who have ≥50% reduction in TSS at Week 24 from baseline as 
measured by the modified MFSAF v2.0 diary.  
Secondary Endpoints 
• 
CR or PR per modified 2013 IWG-MRT criteria 
• 
CI per modified 2013 IWG-MRT criteria 
• 
Spleen response, symptoms response, and anemia response per modified 2013 IWG-MRT 
criteria 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
66 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
• 
Duration of spleen response, duration of symptoms response, duration of CR or PR, duration 
of CI, and duration of anemia response 
• 
OS 
• 
Patient reported outcomes including EORTC QLQ-C30, EQ-5D-5L, BPI, and PGIC  
• 
Safety profile of imetelstat 
• 
PK profile of imetelstat 
Exploratory Endpoints 
• 
TA, TL and hTERT at baseline and the change from baseline 
• 
Cytogenetic response and molecular response 
• 
Leukemia free survival 
9.3. 
Pharmacokinetic and Immunogenicity Evaluations 
9.3.1. 
Sample Collection and Handling 
Plasma samples will be collected from all subjects for measurement of plasma concentrations of 
imetelstat and the generation of antibodies to imetelstat the time points specified in the Time and 
Events Schedule for PK Sampling. An optional bone marrow sample will be collected for 
measurement of concentration of imetelstat in the bone marrow. 
Samples will be used to evaluate the pharmacokinetics as well as the immunogenicity of imetelstat 
(antibodies to imetelstat). Plasma samples will be divided into 2 aliquots for pharmacokinetics 
analysis: 1 for testing and 1 for back-up. Plasma samples will be tested for anti-drug antibodies. 
Samples collected for analyses of imetelstat plasma concentration and antibody to imetelstat may 
additionally be used to evaluate safety or efficacy aspects that address concerns arising during or 
after the study period, for further characterization of immunogenicity or for the evaluation of 
relevant biomarkers or metabolites of imetelstat. Genetic analyses will not be performed on these 
samples. Subject confidentiality will be maintained. At visits where plasma concentration and 
antibodies to imetelstat will be evaluated, 1 blood sample can be used. 
The exact dates and times of blood sampling and bone marrow sampling must be recorded. Refer 
to the Laboratory Manual or equivalent document for sample collection requirements. Collected 
samples must be stored under the specified and controlled conditions for the temperatures indicated 
in the Laboratory Manual. 
Collection of plasma and/or bone marrow samples may be deferred or suspended during the study 
if the objectives of PK/PD analysis are met. 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
67 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
9.3.2. 
Analytical Procedures 
Pharmacokinetics 
Plasma samples will be analyzed to determine concentrations of imetelstat using a validated, 
specific, and sensitive hybridization ELISA method by or under the supervision of the sponsor. 
If required, some plasma samples may be analyzed to document the presence of circulating 
metabolites using a research characterization method. In addition, plasma PK samples may be 
stored for future analysis. 
Bone marrow samples will be analyzed to determine concentrations of imetelstat using a qualified 
method. 
Immunogenicity 
The detection and characterization of antibodies to imetelstat will be performed using a validated 
assay method by or under the supervision of the sponsor. All plasma samples collected for 
detection of antibodies to imetelstat will also be evaluated for imetelstat plasma concentration to 
enable interpretation of the antibody data. 
9.3.3. 
Pharmacokinetic Parameters 
Pharmacokinetic analysis will be the responsibility of the sponsor in accordance with the sponsor’s 
current Clinical Pharmacokinetics Guideline. For all subjects who have serial pharmacokinetic 
blood samples collected, based on the individual plasma concentration-time data, using actual 
sampling times, the following plasma pharmacokinetic parameters of imetelstat will be determined 
via non-compartmental analysis with validated Phoenix™ WinNonlin® software (Pharsight 
Corporation, Certara, L.P., St. Louis, MO): 
Cmax 
 
maximum observed plasma concentration 
tmax  
 
time to reach the maximum observed plasma concentration 
AUC0-24h  
area under the plasma concentration-time curve from time 0 to 24 hours postdose 
t1/2 
elimination half-life associated with the terminal slope (z) of the semi-logarithmic 
drug concentration-time curve, calculated as 0.693/z 
Additional pharmacokinetic parameters may be determined as appropriate. 
Sparse Pharmacokinetic Blood Sample Collection 
Model-derived exposure parameters (eg, Cmax or AUC) may be selected to further explore 
pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic correlation between exposure with relevant clinical, 
pharmacodynamic, or biomarker information imetelstat. 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
68 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
9.3.4. 
Immunogenicity Assessments 
Antibodies to imetelstat (anti-drug antibodies [ADA]) will be evaluated in plasma samples 
collected from all subjects according to the Time and Events Schedule. Additionally, plasma 
samples should also be collected at the final visit from subjects who are discontinued from 
treatment or withdrawn from the study. These samples will be tested by the sponsor or sponsor's 
designee. 
Plasma samples will be screened for antibodies binding to imetelstat and the titer of confirmed 
positive samples will be reported. Other analyses may be performed to verify the stability of 
antibodies to imetelstat or to further characterize the immunogenicity of imetelstat. 
9.4. 
Pharmacodynamic Evaluations 
Blood samples for PD analysis will be collected as outlined in the Time and Events Schedule to 
evaluate the target engagement by examining the change in TA, TL and hTERT RNA expression 
levels. 
Additional blood samples will be collected per the Time and Events Schedule to assess target 
inhibition after dose escalation for subjects initially treated with 4.7 mg/kg who were subsequently 
dose escalated to 9.4 mg/kg.  
9.5. 
Pharmacokinetic/Pharmacodynamic Evaluations 
A nonlinear mixed effects PK model will be built to characterize and predict the overall exposure 
of imetelstat in MF subjects and determine different PK parameters, such as, clearance (CL), 
volume of distribution (V), and metrics of systemic exposure AUC and Cmax. PK/PD models will 
be constructed to describe and understand the relationship between imetelstat exposure and 
hematological effects (hemoglobin concentrations in blood and platelets count) as well as efficacy 
(spleen volume and response). The immunogenicity effects on imetelstat pharmacokinetics and 
exposure–response relationships for efficacy and safety will be assessed. Model-based simulations 
will be conducted to optimize the dose and to help guide the design of future studies. If sufficient 
data are available, PK/PD modeling may be performed to explore the relationship between 
pharmacokinetic parameters (eg, Cmax or AUC) and pharmacodynamic biomarkers (eg, change of 
TA, TL or hTERT from baselines after treatment). 
9.6. 
Biomarkers 
Blood samples will be collected as outlined in the Time and Events Schedule for mutational 
analysis. Genomic DNA will be prepared from isolated granulocytes to characterize the mutation 
status on a panel of myeloid related genes by next-generation sequencing (NGS) or other 
methodology where necessary to evaluate the association with clinical response. 
Additional blood samples will be collected as outlined in the Time and Events Schedule and may 
be used to explore imetelstat effects on myeloid progenitor cells differentiated into terminal 
functional myeloid cells by immunophenotyping and functional profiling using flow cytometer, 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
69 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
CyTOF or similar assays. A portion of the previously collected blood samples may be used to 
evaluate imetelstat effects on key cytokine and chemokines that are involved in inflammation, 
immune response, and repair by immuno-multiplexing analysis or other methodology where 
necessary. 
Where clinically feasible, bone marrow aspirates will be collected as outlined in the Time and 
Events Schedule. Peripheral blood may be submitted in place of an aspirate only in cases where a 
bone marrow aspirate cannot be obtained. Every effort should be made to continue collecting the 
same type of sample (bone marrow aspirate or peripheral blood) at screening and subsequent time 
points when possible. Karyotype testing may be performed to characterize cytogenetic 
abnormalities at screening to correlate to clinical response; and to evaluate eradication or reduction 
of a preexisting abnormality to assess the rate of cytogenetic response as defined by modified 2013 
IWG-MRT response criteria for MF.28 Sites will be notified if a subject’s baseline bone marrow 
aspirate does not show an abnormality and collection of samples for cytogenetics will cease for 
these subjects. Subjects who show a cytogenetic abnormality at baseline will continue to have 
samples collected. 
Stopping Analysis 
Biomarker analyses are dependent upon the availability of appropriate biomarker assays and 
clinical response rates. Biomarker analysis may be deferred or not performed, if during or at the 
end of the study, it becomes clear that the analysis will not have sufficient scientific value for 
biomarker evaluation, or if there are not enough samples or responders to allow for adequate 
biomarker evaluation. In the event the study is terminated early or shows poor clinical efficacy, 
completion of biomarker assessments is based on justification and intended utility of the data. 
Additional Collections 
If it is determined at any time before study completion that additional material is needed from a 
formalin-fixed, paraffin-embedded (FFPE) bone marrow sample for the successful completion of 
the protocol-specified analyses, then the sponsor may request that additional material be retrieved 
from existing samples. Also, based on emerging scientific evidence, the sponsor may request 
additional material from previously collected bone marrow samples during or after study 
completion for a retrospective analysis. In this case, such analyses would be specific to research 
related to the study drug(s) or diseases being investigated. 
9.7. 
Patient Reported Outcomes 
Additional PROs including health-related quality of life, pain, and overall change in patient’s 
health will be assessed using the EORTC QLQ-C30, EQ5D, the BPI and the PGIC at certain visits 
as indicated in the Time and Event Schedule. The EORTC QLQ-C30 and instructions will be 
provided as separate documents. It is preferred that the paper PRO assessment questionnaires are 
administered before any tests, procedures, or other consultations and they should be done in the 
same order at each visit for each subject to ensure that the subject is answering these as consistently 
as possible. These PRO data will be used to further validate the modified MFSAF v2.0. 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
70 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
The EORTC QLQ-C30 includes 30 items resulting in 5 functional scales (physical functioning, 
role functioning, emotional functioning, cognitive functioning, and social functioning), 1 Global 
Health Status scale, 3 symptom scales (fatigue, nausea and vomiting, and pain), and 6 single items 
(dyspnea, insomnia, appetite loss, constipation, diarrhea, and financial difficulties). The recall 
period is 1 week (the past week). The EORTC QLQ-C30 has been used widely among cancer 
patients. Scores are transformed to a 0 to 100 scale. Administration time is approximately 11 
minutes. Reliability, validity, and clinically meaningful change have been demonstrated in patients 
with multiple myeloma.8,1 The focus of the PRO assessment will be the global health scale which 
is designated as a secondary endpoint. The remaining domains are included as exploratory 
endpoints. 
The EQ-5D-5L is a generic measure of health status. For purposes of this study, the EQ-5D-5L 
will be used to generate utility scores for use in cost effective analyses. The EQ-5D-5L is a 5-item 
questionnaire that assesses 5 domains including mobility, self-care, usual activities, 
pain/discomfort and anxiety/depression plus a visual analog scale rating “health today” with 
anchors ranging from 0 (worst imaginable health state) to 100 (best imaginable health state).11,24 
The scores for the 5 separate questions are categorical and are cannot be analyzed as cardinal 
numbers. However, the scores for the 5 dimensions are used to compute a single utility score 
ranging from zero (0.0) to 1 (1.0) representing the general health status of the individual.  
The BPI has become one of the most widely used measurement tools for assessing clinical pain. 
The BPI allows patients to rate the severity of their pain and the degree to which their pain 
interferes with common dimensions of feeling and function. Initially developed to assess pain 
related to cancer, the BPI has been shown to be an appropriate measure for pain caused by a wide 
range of clinical conditions.10 The BPI is a 9-item measure that captures both pain intensity 
(severity) and the impact of pain on functioning (interference). 
The PGIC is used to capture the patient perspective of improvement or decline in MF symptoms 
over time. The PGIC has a 7–point response scale ranging from 1 (very much improved) to 7 (very 
much worse), with 4 representing no change. 
9.8. 
Safety Evaluations 
All subjects who receive treatment will be considered evaluable for toxicity. Any clinically 
relevant changes occurring during the study must be recorded on the Adverse Event section of the 
CRF. Any clinically significant abnormalities persisting at the end of the study/early withdrawal 
will be followed by the investigator until resolution or until a clinically stable endpoint is reached. 
The Sponsor’s Committee will review all the safety data on a quarterly basis, or ad hoc, as needed. 
The study will include the following evaluations of safety and tolerability according to the time 
points provided in the Time and Events Schedule: 
Adverse Events 
Adverse events will be reported by the subject (or, when appropriate, by a caregiver, surrogate, or 
the subject's legally acceptable representative) for the duration of the study. Adverse events will 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
71 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
be followed by the investigator as specified in Section 12, Adverse Event Reporting. Adverse 
events will be reported and graded according to the National Cancer Institute Common 
Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events (NCI-CTCAE), Version 4.03. 
Adverse Events of Interest 
Specific adverse events or groups of adverse events will be followed as part of standard safety 
monitoring activities by the sponsor. These events will be reported to the sponsor within 24 hours 
of awareness irrespective of seriousness (ie, serious and nonserious adverse events) following the 
procedure described in the protocol for serious adverse events and will require enhanced data 
collection. For this study the adverse events of special interest include: 
• ALT Grade ≥3 (>5.0 x ULN) 
• AST Grade ≥3 (>5.0 x ULN) 
• Bilirubin Grade ≥3 (>3.0 x ULN) 
• ALP Grade ≥ 3 (>5.0 x ULN) 
• All hepatic adverse events 
For these events laboratory assessments should be repeated weekly until bilirubin with 
fractionation is <3x ULN, and ALT, AST and ALP is <5 x ULN. Additionally, subjects with Grade 
1 and Grade 2 treatment emergent elevations in AST, ALT, ALP and bilirubin at the time of 
treatment discontinuation should continue to have laboratory assessments monthly until resolution 
to at least baseline. All hepatic adverse events and LFT abnormalities will be reviewed by an 
Independent Hepatic Expert Committee, at least quarterly, or as needed.  
Clinical Laboratory Tests 
All laboratory tests should be performed at the laboratory facilities associated with the 
investigational site. Laboratory certificates or accreditation and normal ranges of the laboratory 
facility at the site must be submitted to the sponsor before the enrollment of any subject at the site. 
If the subject has the laboratory assessments conducted at a laboratory facility other than the one 
associated with the investigational site, then the investigator must submit to the sponsor laboratory 
certificates or accreditation and normal ranges for that facility as well. The laboratory reports must 
be filed with the source documents. 
Blood samples for serum chemistry and hematology to assess the safety of study treatment will be 
collected. Required laboratory tests must be performed within 48 hours prior to the scheduled visit. 
For Cycle 1, Day 1 only, clinical laboratory tests do not need to be repeated if the Screening tests 
were performed within 5 days of the first dose of study treatment. 
The investigator must review the laboratory report, document this review, and record any clinically 
relevant changes occurring during the study in the adverse event section of the CRF. For example, 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
72 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
laboratory abnormalities leading to an action regarding any study treatment (dose reduction, 
temporary stop, delay of the start of a cycle or permanent stop) or the start of concomitant therapy 
should be reported. For each laboratory abnormality reported as an adverse event, the following 
laboratory values should be reported in the laboratory section of the CRF: the value indicative of 
the onset of each toxicity grade; the most abnormal value observed during the adverse event, and 
the value supporting recovery to Grade ≤ 1 or to baseline values. 
The following tests will be performed by the local laboratory at the time points shown the Time 
and Events Schedule: 
• 
Hematology Panel 
-hemoglobin 
-white blood cell (WBC) count 
-absolute neutrophil count (ANC) 
-platelet count 
-manual percent immature myeloid cells 
(blasts, promyelocytes, myelocytes, 
metamyelocytes and nucleated RBC) 
 
• 
Serum Chemistry Panel 
-sodium 
-alkaline phosphatase (ALP) 
-potassium 
-lactic acid dehydrogenase (LDH) 
-blood urea nitrogen (BUN) 
-albumin 
-creatinine 
-serum ferritin 
-alanine aminotransferase (ALT) 
-aspartate aminotransferase (AST) 
- total bilirubin (with fractionation at 
screening; with fractionation post-screening if 
total bilirubin is abnormal) 
 
 
• 
INR (or PT) and aPTT 
• 
Expanded LFT Panel 
- gamma-glutamyl transpeptidase (GGT) 
- magnesium 
- chloride 
- fractionated bilirubin 
- bicarbonate 
 
 
An expanded LFT panel is required for all subjects at screening and if an adverse event of 
interest is reported. For subjects with AST, ALT, ALP or bilirubin Grade ≥3, LFT laboratory 
assessments need to be repeated weekly until bilirubin with fractionation is <3x ULN, and 
AST, ALT and ALP are <5 x ULN. Additionally, subjects with Grade 1 and Grade 2 treatment 
emergent elevations in AST, ALT, ALP or bilirubin at the time of treatment discontinuation 
should continue to have laboratory assessments monthly until resolution to at least baseline. 
• 
Viral hepatitis: Screening for hepatitis should include hepatitis serology panel A through E. 
Hepatitis D serology is only required if the subject tests positive for the hepatitis B surface 
antigen (HBsAg). 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
73 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
• 
Peripheral Blood Smear: A peripheral blood smear should be performed at the time points 
shown in the Time and Events Schedule. 
Electrocardiogram (ECG) 
A 12-lead ECG will be performed at Screening. During the collection of ECGs, subjects should be 
in a quiet setting without distractions (eg, television, cell phones). Subjects should rest in a supine 
position for at least 5 minutes before ECG collection and should refrain from talking or moving 
arms or legs. If blood sampling or vital sign measurement is scheduled for the same time point as 
ECG recording, then the procedures should be performed in the following order: ECG(s), vital 
signs, blood draw. 
Vital Signs 
Temperature, pulse/heart rate, and blood pressure will be recorded, preferably while the subject is 
seated, at the time points specified in the Time and Events Schedule. Vital signs that are considered 
to be clinically relevant by the investigator are to be documented as adverse events.  
Physical Examination 
Screening physical examination should include body weight, height, and the evaluation of head, 
eye, ear, nose, and throat (HEENT), cardiovascular, dermatological, musculoskeletal, respiratory, 
gastrointestinal, and neurological systems. Only a limited symptom-directed physical examination 
including spleen palpation and weight assessment is required on Day 1 of all cycles after baseline. 
New or worsened abnormalities should be recorded as adverse events if appropriate. 
ECOG Performance Status 
The ECOG performance status scale will be used to grade changes in the subject’s activities of 
daily living. 
9.9. 
Sample Collection and Handling 
The actual dates and times of sample collection must be recorded in the CRF or laboratory 
requisition form. Refer to the Time and Events Schedule for the timing and frequency of all sample 
collections. Instructions for the collection, handling, storage, and shipment of samples are found 
in the Laboratory Manual that will be provided. 
10. 
SUBJECT COMPLETION/WITHDRAWAL 
10.1. 
Completion 
A subject will be considered to have completed the study if he or she has finished all 
protocol-specified procedures before the end of the study, has not been lost to follow-up, or has 
not withdrawn consent for study participation before the end of the study. 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
74 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
10.2. 
Discontinuation of Study Treatment 
Investigators are encouraged to keep a subject experiencing clinical benefit in the study unless 
significant toxicity puts the subject at risk or routine noncompliance puts the study outcomes at 
risk. If a subject's study treatment must be discontinued before the end of the treatment regimen, 
then this will not result in automatic withdrawal of the subject from the study.  
A subject's study treatment should be discontinued if: 
• 
The investigator believes that for safety reasons (eg, adverse event) it is in the best interest of 
the subject to discontinue study treatment 
• 
The subject becomes pregnant 
• 
The subject experiences overt disease progression or relapse 
• 
The subject experiences unacceptable toxicity 
• 
The subject refuses further treatment  
• 
A serious protocol violation has occurred, as determined by the principal investigator or the 
sponsor 
End-of-treatment and posttreatment follow-up assessments should be obtained. The reason(s) a 
subject discontinues treatment will be recorded on the CRF. 
10.3. 
Withdrawal From the Study 
A subject will be withdrawn from the study for any of the following reasons: 
• 
Lost to follow-up  
• 
Withdrawal of consent 
• 
The sponsor discontinues the study 
If a subject is lost to follow-up, then every reasonable effort must be made by the study site 
personnel to contact the subject and determine the reason for discontinuation/withdrawal. The 
measures taken to follow-up must be documented. 
When a subject withdraws before completing the study, the reason for withdrawal is to be 
documented in the CRF and in the source document. Study drug assigned to the withdrawn subject 
may not be assigned to another subject. Subjects who withdraw will not be replaced. If a subject 
withdraws from the study before the end of the treatment phase, then end-of-treatment and 
posttreatment assessments should be obtained. 
Withdrawal From the Use of Samples in Future Research 
The subject may withdraw consent for use of samples for research (refer to Section 16.2.5, 
Long-Term Retention of Samples for Additional Future Research). In such a case, samples will be 
destroyed after they are no longer needed for the clinical study. Details of the sample retention for 
research are presented in the main ICF. 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
75 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
11. 
STATISTICAL METHODS 
Statistical analysis will be done by the sponsor or under the authority of the sponsor. A general 
description of the statistical methods to be used to analyze the efficacy and safety data is outlined 
below. Specific details will be provided in the Statistical Analysis Plan. 
11.1. 
Analysis Set 
The Treated Population will consist of all subjects who receive at least 1 dose of study drug. 
Primary efficacy and safety analyses will be performed using the Treated Population. The intent-
to-treat (ITT) population will consist of all subjects who are randomized. 
The PK/PD Population will consist of all subjects who received at least 1 dose of study drug and 
had at least 1 sample collected during treatment to determine the drug concentration or 
pharmacodynamic biomarker response. 
The treatment arms will be evaluated independently. Continuous variables will be summarized 
using descriptive statistics such as mean, median, standard deviation (SD), 25th/75th percentiles, 
and range. Categorical variables will be summarized using frequency tables. For time-to-event 
variables, the Kaplan-Meier method will be used for descriptive summaries. 
11.2. 
Sample Size Determination 
The study was originally designed to enroll approximately 200 subjects (approximately 100/arm). 
On the basis of historical data, the outcomes are poor for patients whose disease is relapsed after 
or refractory to JAK inhibitor therapy. The expected spleen response rate (proportion of subjects 
who achieve ≥35% reduction in spleen volume at Week 24) and symptom response rate (proportion 
of subjects who have ≥50% reduction in TSS at Week 24) in patients with salvage therapy or 
without treatment 
. 
For each treatment arm, the sample size is calculated based on the following assumptions:  
1. null hypothesis: 
 
2. alternative hypothesis: 
 
3. the null hypothesis is tested by the intersection-union test.6 Each of the co-primary endpoints 
is tested at one sided α=0.025, and the maximum Type I error rate for testing co-primary 
endpoints is the same as one sided α=0.025 
 
 
 
 
 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
76 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
 
 
The original study design allowed for enrollment of approximately 200 subjects; however, 
following the first interim review of data, and in line with Protocol Amendment 2, enrollment of 
new subjects into Arm A was suspended and enrollment into Arm B was permanently closed. 
Therefore, total enrollment in the study may be approximately 160 subjects if enrollment in Arm 
A is resumed after the second interim review.  
11.3. 
Subject Information 
The number of subjects enrolled, dosed, and discontinued will be summarized. Treatment 
discontinuation will be summarized according to the reasons for discontinuation. 
Demographic and baseline vital sign variables will include age, sex, race, ethnicity, height, weight, 
blood pressure, and weight. Baseline disease characteristics (documented in the source documents 
and CRFs) will be summarized. 
11.4. 
Efficacy Analyses 
Planned efficacy analyses are as follows: (1) a first interim review after approximately 20 subjects 
in each arm have been followed for at least 12 weeks; (2) a second interim review with a clinical 
cutoff that is 6 months after the clinical cutoff used for the first interim review; (3) the primary 
efficacy analysis after all subjects have been followed for at least 24 weeks; (4) the final analysis 
at the end of the main study, which is defined as 18 months after the last subject is enrolled or 
when the sponsor terminates the study; and (5) OS-related analysis will be performed or updated 
when the Extension Phase has ended. 
Primary Endpoint Analyses 
The analysis for the co-primary endpoints (spleen response rate and symptom response rate) will 
be based on the Treated Population. For each treatment arm, spleen response rate and symptom 
response rate will be presented along with their 95% 2-sided exact confidence interval. Sensitivity 
analysis may be performed on the intent-to-treat population and evaluable population in support 
of the primary analysis if deemed appropriate. 
Spleen response rate is defined as the proportion of subjects who achieve ≥35% reduction in spleen 
volume at Week 24 from baseline as measured by imaging scans. The spleen response data 
reviewed by the IRC will be used for the interim data reviews, the primary analysis, and the final 
analysis. The response data assessed by the investigators will be used as a supportive analysis. 
Symptom response rate is defined as the proportion of subjects who have ≥50% reduction in TSS 
at Week 24 from baseline as measured by the modified MFSAF v2.0 diary. The TSS will be 
calculated as the 7-day average of daily TSS, which is the summation of 6 individual symptom 
scores (night sweats, itchiness, abdominal discomfort, pain under ribs on left side, early satiety, 
bone or muscle pain).  


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
77 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
Secondary Endpoint Analyses 
• 
Proportion of subjects with CR or PR, and proportion of subjects with CI will be evaluated 
using the same statistical methods as for the primary endpoints. 
• 
Proportion of subjects with spleen response, symptoms response, and anemia response per 
modified 2013 IWG-MRT criteria will be reported along with a 95% confidence interval.  
• 
The distributions of duration of spleen response and duration of symptom response will be 
summarized using Kaplan-Meier estimates based on responding subjects. The estimated 
median will also be reported along with a 95% confidence interval. Duration of CR or PR, CI, 
and anemia response will be provided descriptively using similar methods based on 
responding subjects. 
• 
The distribution of OS will be summarized using similar Kaplan-Meier methods. 
• 
Change in spleen volume, change in TSS, and change in PRO endpoints from baseline will be 
descriptively summarized over time.  
• 
Additional analyses to be performed for the subjects who were initially treated with 4.7 mg/kg 
and subsequently dose escalated to 9.4 mg/kg per the guidance outlined in Section 6. 
11.5. 
Pharmacokinetic Analyses 
Pharmacokinetic Blood Sample Collection 
Pharmacokinetic data collected from the sparse and intensive PK sampling will be pooled for the 
analysis. Nonlinear mixed effects modeling using NONMEM software will be used to develop the 
population PK model in MF subjects. Different structural and random effects models will be 
considered and compared. A stepwise covariate model building strategy will be adopted and 
covariate effects on PK parameters will be explored. Diagnostic plots, summary statistics, and a 
comparison of raw data to model predictions will be evaluated. 
Serial Pharmacokinetic Blood Sample Collection 
Data will be listed for all subjects with available plasma concentrations per treatment. Subjects 
will be excluded from the PK analysis in situations where extenuating factors preclude an accurate 
assessment of the PK parameters of interest (eg, incomplete administration of the study drug; 
concentration data not sufficient for PK parameter calculation due to missing PK draws at multiple 
visits; or early discontinuation from the study). 
All plasma concentrations below the lowest quantifiable concentration or missing data will be 
labeled as such in the concentration data presentations. Concentrations below the lowest 
quantifiable concentration will be treated as zero in the calculation of PK parameters and for the 
calculation of summary statistics of concentration-time data as per the PK analysis guideline. All 
subjects and samples excluded from the analysis will be clearly documented in the Clinical Study 
Report. 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
78 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
Mean and individual plasma concentrations of imetelstat versus time profiles will be plotted. 
Descriptive statistics of imetelstat, including arithmetic mean, SD, coefficient of variation, 
geometric mean (PK parameters only), median, minimum, and maximum will be calculated for 
the imetelstat plasma concentrations at each sampling time for imetelstat and for all PK parameters 
of imetelstat. 
11.6. 
Immunogenicity Analyses 
The incidence of antibodies to imetelstat will be summarized for all subjects who receive at least 
1 dose of imetelstat and have appropriate samples for detection of antibodies to imetelstat 
(ie, subjects with at least 1 sample obtained after administration of at least one dose of imetelstat). 
The results will be summarized by treatment arm and subjects with appropriate samples for the 
detection of antibodies to imetelstat. 
11.7. 
Pharmacokinetic/Pharmacodynamic Analyses 
Different PK/PD models will be built to understand and characterize the exposure-response 
relationship for key efficacy and safety parameters, to detect the influence of covariates, and 
identify inter-individual variability in response. The exposure-response analysis for efficacy 
parameters includes SVR from baseline at Week 12 and the proportion of subjects with response 
(35% SVR from baseline at Week 12). The exposure-response analysis for safety parameters will 
characterize the time course of platelet counts and hemoglobin. If sufficient data are available, 
then the immunogenicity effect on imetelstat PK and exposure–response relationships for efficacy 
and safety will be assessed and the correlation between the exposure and the change of biomarkers 
will be explored. The details will be given in the modeling analysis plan. If sufficient PD biomarker 
data are available, then the correlation between exposure and the change of PD will be explored. 
11.8. 
Biomarker Analyses 
Biomarker measures and the change from baseline will be listed, tabulated, and plotted where 
appropriate. Subjects may be grouped by dose, or clinical response. Correlation of baseline or 
changes of biomarkers with clinical parameters will be analyzed by appropriate statistical methods 
(eg, parametric or non-parametric, univariate or multivariate). 
Results of biomarker analyses may be presented in a separate report. Planned analyses are based 
on the availability of clinically valid assays and may be deferred if emerging study data show no 
likelihood of providing useful scientific information. 
11.9. 
Safety Analyses 
Safety analyses will be performed using the Treated Population. Safety will be evaluated using the 
NCI-CTCAE (Version 4.03). The safety parameters to be evaluated are the incidence, intensity, 
and type of adverse events, clinically significant changes in the subject’s physical examination 
findings, vital signs measurements, clinical laboratory results (hematology and chemistry), and 
deaths. Exposure to study treatment and reasons for discontinuation will be tabulated. Safety 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
79 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
variables are to be tabulated by descriptive statistics (n, mean, median, SD, minimum, and 
maximum; or n and percent). 
Additional analyses will be performed for the subjects who were initially treated with imetelstat 
4.7 mg/kg and subsequently dose escalated to 9.4 mg/kg per the guidance outlined in Section 6. 
Adverse Events 
Treatment-emergent adverse events are adverse events that occur after the first dose of study drug, 
through the Treatment Phase, and for 30 days following the last dose of study drug; any adverse 
event considered study drug-related regardless of the start date of the event; or any event that is 
present at baseline but worsens in severity or is subsequently considered drug-related by the 
investigator. The number and percent of subjects with treatment-emergent adverse events will be 
summarized according to intensity (NCI-CTCAE, Version 4.03) and drug relationship as well as 
categorized by System Organ Class and preferred term by treatment arm. 
The verbatim terms used in the CRF by investigators to identify adverse events will be coded using 
the Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities (MedDRA). Treatment-emergent adverse events 
are adverse events with onset during the treatment phase or that are a consequence of a pre-existing 
condition that has worsened since baseline. All reported adverse events will be included in the 
analysis. For each adverse event, the percentage of subjects who experience at least 1 occurrence 
of the given event will be summarized by treatment arm. 
Clinical Laboratory Tests 
Laboratory data will be summarized by type of laboratory test. Reference ranges and markedly 
abnormal results (specified in the Statistical Analysis Plan) will be used in the summary of 
laboratory data. Descriptive statistics will be calculated for each laboratory analyte at baseline and 
for observed values and changes from baseline at each scheduled time point. 
Parameters with predefined NCI-CTCAE toxicity grades will be summarized. A summary of the 
shifts in selected laboratory hematology and serum chemistry parameters from baseline to the 
worst toxicity grade experienced by the subject during treatment will be provided. The worst 
toxicity grade during the study will be tabulated. 
Electrocardiogram (ECG) 
Electrocardiogram data will be listed by ECG parameter at Screening. 
Vital Signs 
Descriptive statistics of temperature, heart rate, respiratory rate, and blood pressure (systolic and 
diastolic) values and changes from baseline will be summarized. The percentage of subjects with 
clinically important changes from baseline will be summarized. 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
80 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
11.10. Interim Review 
The first interim data review was designed as follows: The first interim review was performed 
after approximately 20 subjects were randomized in each arm and followed for at least 12 weeks. 
The goal of the interim review was to assess safety and early efficacy and perform comprehensive 
exposure-response analyses. Based on this analysis, if both doses were efficacious and had an 
acceptable safety profile, both arms will continue with enrollment until approximately 100 subjects 
per arm are enrolled. If only one dose was efficacious and had an acceptable safety profile, then 
that arm would continue enrollment, and enrollment would be stopped in the other arm. In the case 
that both arms were not efficacious and safe, an alternative dose may be selected based on the 
PK/PD exposure-response, efficacy, and safety analysis and a protocol amendment would be 
implemented to reflect this. Study enrollment continued at the time of interim review.  
Safety was evaluated using the following parameters (including but not limited to): adverse events, 
serious adverse events, dose modifications and subject compliance. PK/PD exposure-response 
analyses for efficacy parameters (eg, SVR from baseline at Week 12), and for safety parameters 
(eg, platelets and hemoglobin) were be conducted. Biomarkers such as change in TA, TL and 
hTERT from baseline was evaluated for subjects with available data. 
Early efficacy was evaluated by SVR by MRI and as assessed by the investigator.
 
 
 
 
 Other efficacy data including symptoms, peripheral 
blood counts and bone marrow data up to interim was reviewed as well. This guideline was 
intended to inform the decision, which was expected to be multifactorial taking into consideration 
safety, tolerability, and PK/PD modeling. 
At the time of Protocol Amendment 2, enrollment of new subjects in this study is suspended. A 
second interim review will be performed with a clinical cutoff that is 6 months after the clinical 
cutoff used for the first interim review. It is expected that approximately 35 subjects who were 
enrolled and treated in the 9.4 mg/kg arm will have been followed for at least 24 weeks. IRC 
assessment of SVR will be used for efficacy evaluation. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11.11. Data Analysis Committees 
A Sponsor Committee including the study physician, safety physician, study scientist and 
statistician will be established to monitor data on an ongoing basis to ensure the safety of the 
subjects enrolled in this study. The safety review will focus on, but will not be limited to, deaths, 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
81 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
treatment discontinuations, serious adverse events, Grade ≥ 3 events, and events of special interest. 
The Sponsor Committee responsibilities, authorities, and procedures will be documented in a 
charter. 
Additionally, an Independent Hepatic Expert Committee consisting of 3 hepatologists will be 
established to monitor liver data on an ongoing basis. The Hepatic Expert Committee will review 
all hepatic adverse events and LFT abnormalities on at least a quarterly basis or as needed. The 
Hepatic Expert Committee responsibilities, authorities, and procedures will be documented in a 
charter. 
The Hepatic Expert Committee will meet to review all hepatic serious adverse events reported 
during the Extension Phase, and the Sponsor Committee will continue to review study data. 
12. 
ADVERSE EVENT REPORTING 
Timely, accurate, and complete reporting and analysis of safety information from clinical studies 
are crucial for the protection of subjects, investigators, and the sponsor, and are mandated by 
regulatory agencies worldwide. The sponsor or its affiliates has established Standard Operating 
Procedures in conformity with regulatory requirements worldwide to ensure appropriate reporting 
of safety information; all clinical studies conducted by the sponsor or its affiliates will be 
conducted in accordance with those procedures. 
12.1. 
Definitions 
12.1.1. 
Adverse Event Definitions and Classifications 
Adverse Event 
An adverse event is any untoward medical occurrence in a clinical study subject administered a 
medicinal (investigational or non-investigational) product. An adverse event does not necessarily 
have a causal relationship with the treatment. An adverse event can therefore be any unfavorable 
and unintended sign (including an abnormal finding), symptom, or disease temporally associated 
with the use of a medicinal (investigational or non-investigational) product, whether or not related 
to that medicinal (investigational or non-investigational) product. (Definition per International 
Conference on Harmonisation [ICH]). 
This includes any occurrence that is new in onset or aggravated in severity or frequency from the 
baseline condition, or abnormal results of diagnostic procedures, including laboratory test 
abnormalities. 
Note: The sponsor collects adverse events starting with the signing of the ICF (refer to 
Section 12.3.1, All Adverse Events, for time of last adverse event recording). 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
82 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
Serious Adverse Event 
A serious adverse event based on ICH and European Union (EU) Guidelines on Pharmacovigilance 
for Medicinal Products for Human Use is any untoward medical occurrence that at any dose: 
• 
Results in death 
• 
Is life-threatening 
(The subject was at risk of death at the time of the event. It does not refer to an event that 
hypothetically might have caused death if it were more severe.) 
• 
Requires inpatient hospitalization or prolongation of existing hospitalization 
• 
Results in persistent or significant disability/incapacity 
• 
Is a congenital anomaly/birth defect 
• 
Is a suspected transmission of any infectious agent via a medicinal product 
• 
Is Medically Important* 
*Medical and scientific judgment should be exercised in deciding whether expedited reporting is 
also appropriate in other situations, such as important medical events that may not be immediately 
life threatening or result in death or hospitalization but may jeopardize the subject or may require 
intervention to prevent one of the other outcomes listed in the definition above. These should 
usually be considered serious. 
Unlisted (Unexpected) Adverse Event/Reference Safety Information 
An adverse event is considered unlisted if the nature or severity is not consistent with the applicable 
product reference safety information. For imetelstat, the expectedness of an adverse event will be 
determined by whether or not it is listed in the Investigator's Brochure. 
Adverse Event Associated With the Use of the Drug 
An adverse event is considered associated with the use of the drug if the attribution is possible, 
probable, or very likely by the definitions listed in Section 12.1.2. 
12.1.2. 
Attribution Definitions 
Not Related 
An adverse event that is not related to the use of the drug. 
Doubtful 
An adverse event for which an alternative explanation is more likely, eg, concomitant drug(s), 
concomitant disease(s), or the relationship in time suggests that a causal relationship is unlikely. 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
83 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
Possible 
An adverse event that might be due to the use of the drug. An alternative explanation, 
eg, concomitant drug(s), concomitant disease(s), is inconclusive. The relationship in time is 
reasonable; therefore, the causal relationship cannot be excluded. 
Probable 
An adverse event that might be due to the use of the drug. The relationship in time is suggestive 
(eg, confirmed by dechallenge). An alternative explanation is less likely, eg, concomitant drug(s), 
concomitant disease(s). 
Very Likely 
An adverse event that is listed as a possible adverse reaction and cannot be reasonably explained 
by an alternative explanation, eg, concomitant drug(s), concomitant disease(s). The relationship in 
time is very suggestive (eg, it is confirmed by dechallenge and rechallenge). 
12.1.3. 
Severity Criteria 
An assessment of severity grade will be made using the NCI-CTCAE (Version 4.03) as follows: 
Grade 1 (Mild): Awareness of symptoms that are easily tolerated, causing minimal discomfort 
and not interfering with everyday activities. 
Grade 2 (Moderate): Sufficient discomfort is present to cause interference with normal activity. 
Grade 3 (Severe): Extreme distress, causing significant impairment of functioning or 
incapacitation. Prevents normal everyday activities. 
Grade 4, Life-threatening: Urgent intervention indicated. 
Grade 5, Death: Death. 
The investigator should use clinical judgment in assessing the severity of events not directly 
experienced by the subject (eg, laboratory abnormalities). 
12.2. 
Special Reporting Situations 
Safety events of interest on a sponsor study drug that may require expedited reporting and/or safety 
evaluation include, but are not limited to: 
• 
Overdose of a sponsor study drug 
• 
Suspected abuse/misuse of a sponsor study drug 
• 
Inadvertent or accidental exposure to a sponsor study drug 
• 
Medication error involving a sponsor product (with or without subject/patient exposure to the 
sponsor study drug, eg, name confusion) 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
84 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
• 
Exposure to a sponsor study drug from breastfeeding 
Special reporting situations should be recorded in the CRF. Any special reporting situation that 
meets the criteria of a serious adverse event should be recorded on the serious adverse event page 
of the CRF. 
12.3. 
Procedures 
12.3.1. 
All Adverse Events 
All subjects who receive treatment will be considered evaluable for toxicity. All adverse events 
(with the exception of progression of MF) and special reporting situations, whether serious or 
nonserious, will be reported from the time a signed and dated ICF is obtained until completion of 
the subject's last study-related procedure (which may include contact for follow-up of safety). 
Serious adverse events, including those spontaneously reported to the investigator within 30 days 
after the last dose of study drug, must be reported using the Serious Adverse Event Form. The 
sponsor will evaluate any safety information that is spontaneously reported by an investigator 
beyond the time frame specified in the protocol. 
As of Amendment 3, only serious adverse events will be reported from the time the ICF for the 
Extension Phase is signed and dated until 30 days after the last dose of imetelstat.  
An anticipated event is an adverse event (serious or non-serious) that commonly occurs as a 
consequence of the underlying disease or condition under investigation (disease related) or 
background regimen. It is expected that subjects may experience progressive disease of MF during 
the study; however, disease progression will be documented as a study endpoint and NOT recorded 
and reported as an adverse event or anticipated event. Instead, symptoms/clinical signs of disease 
progression may be reported. Otherwise, all events that meet the definition of a serious adverse 
event will be reported as serious adverse events, regardless of whether they are protocol-specific 
assessments. 
All adverse events, regardless of seriousness, severity, or presumed relationship to study drug, 
must be recorded using medical terminology in the source document and the CRF. Whenever 
possible, diagnoses should be given when signs and symptoms are due to a common etiology 
(eg, cough, runny nose, sneezing, sore throat, and head congestion should be reported as "upper 
respiratory infection"). Investigators must record in the CRF their opinion concerning the 
relationship of the adverse event to study therapy. All measures required for adverse event 
management must be recorded in the source document and reported according to sponsor 
instructions. 
The sponsor assumes responsibility for appropriate reporting of adverse events to the regulatory 
authorities. The sponsor will also report to the investigator (and the head of the investigational 
institute where required) all suspected unexpected serious adverse reactions (SUSARs). For 
anticipated events reported as individual serious adverse events, the sponsor will make a 
determination of relatedness in addition to and independent of the investigator’s assessment. The 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
85 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
sponsor will periodically evaluate the accumulating data and, when there is sufficient evidence 
and the sponsor has determined there is a reasonable possibility that the drug caused a serious 
anticipated event, they will submit a safety report in an expedited manner.  
The investigator (or sponsor where required) must report SUSARs to the appropriate Independent 
Ethics Committee/Institutional Review Board (IEC/IRB) that approved the protocol unless 
otherwise required and documented by the IEC/IRB. 
For all studies with an outpatient phase, including open-label studies, the subject must be provided 
with a "wallet (study) card" and instructed to carry this card with them for the duration of the study 
indicating the following:  
• 
Study number 
• 
Statement, in the local language(s), that the subject is participating in a clinical study 
• 
Investigator's name and 24-hour contact telephone number 
• 
Local sponsor's name and 24-hour contact telephone number (for medical staff only) 
• 
Site number 
• 
Subject number 
• 
Any other information that is required to do an emergency breaking of the blind 
12.3.2. 
Serious Adverse Events 
All serious adverse events occurring during the study must be reported to the appropriate sponsor 
contact person by study-site personnel within 24 hours of their knowledge of the event. 
Information regarding serious adverse events will be transmitted to the sponsor using the Serious 
Adverse Event Form, which must be completed and signed by a physician from the study site, and 
transmitted to the sponsor within 24 hours. The initial and follow-up reports of a serious adverse 
event should be made by facsimile (fax). All serious adverse events that have not resolved by the 
end of the study, or that have not resolved upon discontinuation of the subject's participation in the 
study, must be followed until any of the following occurs: 
• 
The event resolves 
• 
The event stabilizes 
• 
The event returns to baseline, if a baseline value/status is available 
• 
The event can be attributed to agents other than the study drug or to factors unrelated to study 
conduct 
• 
It becomes unlikely that any additional information can be obtained (subject or health care 
practitioner refusal to provide additional information, lost to follow-up after demonstration of 
due diligence with follow-up efforts) 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
86 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
Suspected transmission of an infectious agent by a medicinal product will be reported as a serious 
adverse event. Any event requiring hospitalization (or prolongation of hospitalization) that occurs 
during the course of a subject's participation in a study must be reported as a serious adverse event, 
except hospitalizations for the following: 
• 
A standard procedure for protocol therapy administration will not be reported as a serious 
adverse event. Hospitalization or prolonged hospitalization for a complication of therapy 
administration will be reported as a serious adverse event.  
• 
The administration of blood or platelet transfusion. Hospitalization or prolonged 
hospitalization for a complication of such transfusion remains a reportable serious adverse 
event.  
• 
A procedure for protocol/disease-related investigations (eg, surgery, scans, sampling for 
laboratory tests, bone marrow sampling, pharmacokinetic or biomarker blood sampling). 
Hospitalization or prolonged hospitalization for a complication of such procedures remains a 
reportable serious adverse event.  
• 
Hospitalizations not intended to treat an acute illness or adverse event (eg, social reasons such 
as pending placement in long-term care facility). 
• 
Surgery or procedure planned before entry into the study (must be documented in the CRF). 
Note: Hospitalizations that were planned before the signing of the ICF, and where the 
underlying condition for which the hospitalization was planned has not worsened, will not be 
considered serious adverse events. Any adverse event that results in a prolongation of the 
originally planned hospitalization is to be reported as a new serious adverse event. 
Disease progression should not be recorded as an adverse event or serious adverse event term; 
instead, signs and symptoms of clinical sequelae resulting from disease progression/lack of 
efficacy will be reported if they fulfill the serious adverse event definition (refer to Section 12.1.1, 
Adverse Event Definitions and Classifications). 
Serious Adverse Event Reporting Beginning With Amendment 3 
Beginning with Amendment 3, only serious adverse event information will be collected. The 
reporting period extends from the time the ICF for the Extension Phase is signed and dated until 
30 days after the subject’s last dose of imetelstat. Serious adverse event information will be 
provided to the sponsor via the Serious Adverse Event Form. The following information is 
requested for all reports of serious hemorrhagic adverse events and serious hepatic adverse events: 
• 
Hemorrhagic serious adverse events: INR (or PT), aPTT, and platelet count should be assessed 
and reported in the serious adverse event report. 
• 
Hepatic serious adverse events: serum chemistry and an expanded liver panel will be assessed 
and reported; if the event includes Grade 3 or 4 ALP elevation, ALP fractionation or 
5’neucleotidase will also be assessed and reported.  


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
87 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
12.3.3. 
Adverse Events of Interest 
Specific adverse events or groups of adverse events will be followed as part of standard safety 
monitoring activities by the sponsor. These events will be reported to the sponsor within 24 hours 
of awareness irrespective of seriousness (ie, serious and nonserious adverse events) following the 
procedure described above for serious adverse events and will require enhanced data collection. 
12.3.3.1. 
Elevated Liver Function Tests (LFTs) 
Elevations in the following LFTs will be captured as adverse events of interest: 
• ALT Grade ≥3 (>5.0 x ULN) 
• AST Grade ≥3 (>5.0 x ULN) 
• Bilirubin Grade ≥3 (>3.0 x ULN) 
• ALP Grade ≥ 3 (>5.0 x ULN) 
12.3.3.2. 
Hepatic Adverse Events 
All hepatic adverse events will be captured as adverse events of interest. 
12.3.4. 
Pregnancy 
All initial reports of pregnancy in female subjects or partners of male subjects must be reported to 
the sponsor by the study-site personnel within 24 hours of their knowledge of the event using the 
appropriate pregnancy notification form. Abnormal pregnancy outcomes (eg, spontaneous 
abortion, fetal death, stillbirth, congenital anomalies, ectopic pregnancy) are considered serious 
adverse events and must be reported using the Serious Adverse Event Form. Any subject who 
becomes pregnant during the study must discontinue further study treatment.  
The effect of the study drug on sperm is unknown. Therefore, pregnancies in partners of male 
subjects included in the study will be reported by the study-site personnel within 24 hours of their 
knowledge of the event using the appropriate pregnancy notification form. 
Follow-up information regarding the outcome of the pregnancy and any postnatal sequelae in the 
infant will be required. 
Pregnancy reporting, as described above, will continue during the Extension Phase. 
12.4. 
Contacting Sponsor Regarding Safety 
The names (and corresponding telephone numbers) of the individuals who should be contacted 
regarding safety issues or questions regarding the study are listed on the Contact Information 
page(s), which will be provided as a separate document. 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
88 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
13. 
PRODUCT QUALITY COMPLAINT HANDLING 
A product quality complaint (PQC) is defined as any suspicion of a product defect related to 
manufacturing, labeling, or packaging, ie, any dissatisfaction relative to the identity, quality, 
durability, or reliability of a product, including its labeling or package integrity. A PQC may have 
an impact on the safety and efficacy of the product. Timely, accurate, and complete reporting and 
analysis of PQC information from studies are crucial for the protection of subjects, investigators, 
and the sponsor, and are mandated by regulatory agencies worldwide. The sponsor has established 
procedures in conformity with regulatory requirements worldwide to ensure appropriate reporting 
of PQC information; all studies conducted by the sponsor or its affiliates will be conducted in 
accordance with those procedures. 
13.1. 
Procedures 
All initial PQCs must be reported to the sponsor by the study-site personnel within 24 hours after 
being made aware of the event. 
If the defect is combined with a serious adverse event, then the study-site personnel must report 
the PQC to the sponsor according to the serious adverse event reporting timelines (refer to 
Section 12.3.2, Serious Adverse Events). A sample of the suspected product should be maintained 
for further investigation if requested by the sponsor. 
13.2. 
Contacting Sponsor Regarding Product Quality 
The names (and corresponding telephone numbers) of the individuals who should be contacted 
regarding product quality issues are listed on the Contact Information page(s), which will be 
provided as a separate document. 
14. 
STUDY DRUG INFORMATION 
14.1. 
Physical Description of Study Drug(s) 
The imetelstat supplied for this study is supplied as a sterile lyophilized powder in a sealed, stoppered, 
clear glass vial. Each single-dose vial contains 210 mg of imetelstat sodium and is designed to 
deliver a minimum of 200 mg of reconstituted Imetelstat Sodium for Injection at a concentration 
of 33.33 mg/mL. It will be manufactured and provided under the responsibility of the sponsor. 
Refer to the Investigator's Brochure (IB) for a list of excipients. 
14.2. 
Packaging 
Imetelstat is supplied in glass vials in a protective carton. It will be supplied to the site/pharmacy 
as bulk supply. All packaging will meet applicable regulatory requirements. 
14.3. 
Labeling 
Study drug labels will contain information to meet the applicable regulatory requirements. Each 
vial will contain a study-specific label with a unique identification number. 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
89 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
14.4. 
Preparation, Handling, and Storage 
All study drug must be stored in the original carton in a refrigerator ranging from 2°C to 8°C (36 F-
46 F, refrigerated) and must not be utilized after the expiry date printed on the label. The product 
must not be frozen. Imetelstat does not contain preservatives; therefore any unused portion 
remaining in the vial must be discarded. 
Imetelstat will be reconstituted with 0.9% Sodium Chloride. Refer to the Investigational Product 
Preparation Instructions (IPPI) and SIPM for details regarding dose preparation, storage, and 
handling of reconstituted and diluted solutions. Once reconstituted, imetelstat must be used within 
the time frame specified in the IPPI. 
14.5. 
Drug Accountability 
The investigator is responsible for ensuring that all study drug received at the site is inventoried 
and accounted for throughout the study. The study drug administered to the subject must be 
documented on the drug accountability form. All study drug will be stored and disposed of 
according to the sponsor's instructions. Study-site personnel must not combine contents of the 
study drug containers. 
Study drug must be handled in strict accordance with the protocol and the container label, and 
must be stored at the study site in a limited-access area or in a locked cabinet under appropriate 
environmental conditions. Unused study drug must be available for verification by the sponsor's 
study site monitor during on-site monitoring visits. The return to the sponsor of unused study drug 
will be documented on the drug return form. When the study site is an authorized destruction unit 
and study drug supplies are destroyed on-site, this must also be documented on the drug return 
form. 
Potentially hazardous materials such as used ampules, needles, syringes and vials containing 
hazardous liquids, should be disposed of immediately in a safe manner and therefore will not be 
retained for drug accountability purposes.  
Study drug should be dispensed under the supervision of the investigator or a qualified member of 
the study-site personnel, or by a hospital/clinic pharmacist. Study drug will be supplied only to 
subjects participating in the study. Returned study drug must not be dispensed again, even to the 
same subject. Study drug may not be relabeled or reassigned for use by other subjects. The 
investigator agrees neither to dispense the study drug from, nor store it at, any site other than the 
study sites agreed upon with the sponsor. 
15. 
STUDY-SPECIFIC MATERIALS 
The investigator will be provided with the following supplies: 
• 
Study Protocol 
• 
Subject study tools (appointment card, emergency ID card etc., as applicable per country) 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
90 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
• 
Investigator study tools and quick reference cards 
• 
Imetelstat IB 
• 
Trial Center File, and corresponding specific documentation 
• 
Investigational Product Preparation Instructions 
• 
Site Investigational Product Manual 
• 
Central laboratory and central imaging manual and supplies 
• 
NCI-CTCAE Version 4.03 
• 
PRO questionnaires and user manuals 
• 
Tablet devices for patient e-diary 
• 
IWRS Manual and supplies 
• 
eDC Manual and eCRF Completion Guidelines 
• 
Sample ICF 
16. 
ETHICAL ASPECTS 
16.1. 
Study-Specific Design Considerations 
This was originally designed as a randomized, single-blind study to evaluate the efficacy and safety 
of 2 dose levels of imetelstat in subjects with intermediate-2 or high risk MF who were previously 
treated with a JAK inhibitor. For these patients previously treated with a JAK inhibitor there is no 
effective or approved therapy and the prognosis is very poor. All subjects will receive treatment 
with imetelstat. 
Randomization was to be used to minimize bias in the assignment of subjects to each dose level, 
and treatment will be blinded to the subject to reduce potential bias during data collection (ie, 
symptom assessment and PROs). Beginning with Protocol Amendment 2 and suspension of new 
enrollment, neither subjects nor investigators will be blinded to subject treatment assignment. 
All participating subjects will receive full supportive care and will be followed closely for safety 
and efficacy throughout the study. Efficacy assessments will be performed according to modified 
2013 IWG-MRT response criteria for MF. Safety assessments will occur through regular clinic 
visits including laboratory analyses. The sponsor will monitor data on an ongoing basis to ensure 
the safety of the subjects enrolled in this study. 
Potential subjects will be fully informed of the risks and requirements of the study and, during the 
study, subjects will be given any new information that may affect their decision to continue 
participation. They will be told that their consent to participate in the study is voluntary and may be 
withdrawn at any time with no reason given and without penalty or loss of benefits to which they 
would otherwise be entitled. Only subjects who are fully able to understand the risks, benefits, and 
potential adverse events of the study, and provide their consent voluntarily will be enrolled. 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
91 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
The total blood volume to be collected from each subject will be approximately 604 mL. The total 
volume of blood includes laboratory assessments associated with screening and treatment 
including pharmacokinetic and biomarker samples. The volume of blood to be drawn is considered 
to be normal and acceptable for subjects participating in a cancer clinical study and is deemed 
reasonable over the time frame of the study. 
16.2. 
Regulatory Ethics Compliance 
16.2.1. 
Investigator Responsibilities 
The investigator is responsible for ensuring that the study is performed in accordance with the 
protocol, current ICH guidelines on Good Clinical Practice (GCP), and applicable regulatory and 
country-specific requirements. 
Good Clinical Practice is an international ethical and scientific quality standard for designing, 
conducting, recording, and reporting studies that involve the participation of human subjects. 
Compliance with this standard provides public assurance that the rights, safety, and well-being of 
study subjects are protected, consistent with the principles that originated in the Declaration of 
Helsinki, and that the study data are credible. 
16.2.2. 
Independent Ethics Committee or Institutional Review Board 
Before the start of the study, the investigator (or sponsor where required) will provide the IEC/IRB 
with current and complete copies of the following documents (as required by local regulations): 
• 
Final protocol and, if applicable, amendments 
• 
Sponsor-approved ICF (and any other written materials to be provided to the subjects) 
• 
Investigator's Brochure (or equivalent information) and amendments/addenda 
• 
Sponsor-approved subject recruiting materials 
• 
Information on compensation for study-related injuries or payment to subjects for 
participation in the study, if applicable 
• 
Investigator's curriculum vitae or equivalent information (unless not required, as documented 
by the IEC/IRB) 
• 
Information regarding funding, name of the sponsor, institutional affiliations, other potential 
conflicts of interest, and incentives for subjects 
• 
Any other documents that the IEC/IRB requests to fulfill its obligation 
This study will be undertaken only after the IEC/IRB has given full approval of the final protocol, 
amendments (if any, excluding the ones that are purely administrative, with no consequences for 
subjects, data or study conduct), the ICF, applicable recruiting materials, and subject compensation 
programs, and the sponsor has received a copy of this approval. This approval letter must be dated 
and must clearly identify the IEC/IRB and the documents being approved. 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
92 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
During the study the investigator (or sponsor where required) will send the following documents 
and updates to the IEC/IRB for their review and approval, where appropriate: 
• 
Protocol amendments (excluding the ones that are purely administrative, with no 
consequences for subjects, data or study conduct) 
• 
Revision(s) to ICF and any other written materials to be provided to subjects 
• 
If applicable, new or revised subject recruiting materials approved by the sponsor 
• 
Revisions to compensation for study-related injuries or payment to subjects for participation 
in the study, if applicable 
• 
New edition(s) of the IB and amendments/addenda 
• 
Summaries of the status of the study at intervals stipulated in guidelines of the IEC/IRB (at 
least annually) 
• 
Reports of adverse events that are serious, unlisted/unexpected, and associated with the study 
drug 
• 
New information that may adversely affect the safety of the subjects or the conduct of the 
study 
• 
Deviations from or changes to the protocol to eliminate immediate hazards to the subjects 
• 
Report of deaths of subjects under the investigator's care 
• 
Notification if a new investigator is responsible for the study at the site 
• 
Development Safety Update Report and Line Listings, where applicable 
• 
Any other requirements of the IEC/IRB 
For all protocol amendments (excluding the ones that are purely administrative, with no 
consequences for subjects, data or study conduct), the amendment and applicable ICF revisions 
must be submitted promptly to the IEC/IRB for review and approval before implementation of the 
change(s).  
At least once a year, the IEC/IRB will be asked to review and reapprove this study, where required. 
The reapproval should be documented in writing (excluding the ones that are purely 
administrative, with no consequences for subjects, data, or study conduct). 
At the end of the study, the investigator (or sponsor where required) will notify the IEC/IRB about 
the study completion.  
16.2.3. 
Informed Consent 
Each subject (or a legally acceptable representative) must give written consent according to local 
requirements after the nature of the study has been fully explained. The ICF(s) must be signed 
before performance of any study-related activity. The ICF(s) that is/are used must be approved by 
both the sponsor and by the reviewing IEC/IRB and be in a language that the subject can read and 
understand. The informed consent should be in accordance with principles that originated in the 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
93 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
Declaration of Helsinki, current ICH and GCP guidelines, applicable regulatory requirements, and 
sponsor policy. 
Before enrollment in the study, the investigator or an authorized member of the study-site 
personnel must explain to potential subjects or their legally acceptable representatives the aims, 
methods, reasonably anticipated benefits, and potential hazards of the study, and any discomfort 
participation in the study may entail. Subjects will be informed that their participation is voluntary 
and that they may withdraw consent to participate at any time. They will be informed that choosing 
not to participate will not affect the care the subject will receive for the treatment of his or her 
disease. Subjects will be told that alternative treatments are available if they refuse to take part and 
that such refusal will not prejudice future treatment. Finally, they will be told that the investigator 
will maintain a subject identification register for the purposes of long-term follow up if needed 
and that their records may be accessed by health authorities and authorized sponsor personnel 
without violating the confidentiality of the subject, to the extent permitted by the applicable law(s) 
or regulations. By signing the ICF the subject or legally acceptable representative is authorizing 
such access, including permission to obtain information about his or her survival status, and agrees 
to allow his or her study physician to recontact the subject for the purpose of obtaining consent for 
additional safety evaluations, if needed, and subsequent disease-related treatments, or to obtain 
information about his or her survival status. 
The subject or legally acceptable representative will be given sufficient time to read the ICF and 
the opportunity to ask questions. After this explanation and before entry into the study, consent 
should be appropriately recorded by means of either the subject's or his or her legally acceptable 
representative's personally dated signature. After having obtained the consent, a copy of the ICF 
must be given to the subject. 
If the subject or legally acceptable representative is unable to read or write, an impartial witness 
should be present for the entire informed consent process (which includes reading and explaining 
all written information) and should personally date and sign the ICF after the oral consent of the 
subject or legally acceptable representative is obtained. 
16.2.4. 
Privacy of Personal Data 
Personal data collected from subjects enrolled in this study will be limited to those data that are 
necessary to fulfill the objectives of the study and processed in compliance with the Patient 
Information and Informed Consent Form (ICF) and agreement(s) with the sponsor governing the 
conduct of the study at the clinical sites. 
These data must be collected and processed with adequate precautions to ensure confidentiality 
and compliance with applicable data privacy protection laws and regulations. Appropriate 
technical and organizational measures to protect the personal data against unauthorized disclosures 
or access, accidental or unlawful destruction, or accidental loss or alteration must be utilized. 
Sponsor personnel whose responsibilities require access to personal data agree to keep the identity 
of subjects confidential. 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
94 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
The informed consent obtained from the subject (or his or her legally acceptable representative) 
includes explicit consent for the processing of personal data and for the investigator/institution to 
allow direct access to his or her original medical records for purposes such as study-related 
monitoring, audit, IEC/IRB review, and regulatory inspection. This consent also permits the 
transfer of the data to other entities and to other countries in compliance with applicable data 
privacy protection laws and regulations. 
The subject has the data privacy rights set out in the ICF and the applicable data privacy laws and 
regulations in the country in which the study is being conducted. The ICF directs subjects to submit 
data privacy requests to the study site. The site will report the request to the CRO and/or the 
sponsor. Reasonable steps will be taken to respond to such a request, taking into consideration the 
nature of the request, the conditions of the study, and the applicable data privacy laws and 
regulations. 
Exploratory pharmacodynamic biomarker PK and immunogenicity research is not conducted 
under standards appropriate for the return of data to subjects. In addition, the sponsor cannot make 
decisions as to the significance of any findings resulting from exploratory research. Therefore, 
exploratory research data will not be returned to subjects or investigators, unless required by law 
or local regulations. Privacy and confidentiality of data generated in the future on stored samples 
will be protected by the same standards applicable to all other clinical data. 
16.2.5. 
Long-Term Retention of Samples for Additional Future Research 
Samples collected in this study may be stored for up to 15 years (or according to local regulations) 
for additional research. Samples will only be used to understand imetelstat, to understand MF, to 
understand differential drug responders, and to develop tests/assays related to imetelstat and MF. 
The research may begin at any time during the study or the post-study storage period.  
Stored samples will be coded throughout the sample storage and analysis process and will not be 
labeled with personal identifiers. Subjects may withdraw their consent for their samples to be 
stored for research (refer to Section 10.3, Withdrawal From the Study (Withdrawal From the Use 
of Samples in Future Research). 
16.2.6. 
Country Selection 
This study will only be conducted in those countries where the intent is to launch or otherwise help 
ensure access to the developed product, unless explicitly addressed as a specific ethical 
consideration in Section 16.1, Study-Specific Design Considerations. 
17. 
ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 
17.1. 
Protocol Amendments 
Neither the investigator nor the sponsor will modify this protocol without a formal amendment by 
the sponsor. All protocol amendments must be issued by the sponsor, and signed and dated by the 
investigator. Protocol amendments must not be implemented without prior IEC/IRB approval, or 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
95 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
when the relevant competent authority has raised any grounds for non-acceptance, except when 
necessary to eliminate immediate hazards to the subjects, in which case the amendment must be 
promptly submitted to the IEC/IRB and relevant competent authority. Documentation of 
amendment approval by the investigator and IEC/IRB must be provided to the sponsor. When the 
change(s) involves only logistic or administrative aspects of the study, the IRB (and IEC where 
required) only needs to be notified. 
During the course of the study, in situations where a departure from the protocol is unavoidable, 
the investigator or other physician in attendance will contact the appropriate sponsor representative 
(see Contact Information page(s) provided separately). Except in emergency situations, this 
contact should be made before implementing any departure from the protocol. In all cases, contact 
with the sponsor must be made as soon as possible to discuss the situation and agree on an 
appropriate course of action. The data recorded in the CRF and source documents will reflect any 
departure from the protocol, and the source documents will describe this departure and the 
circumstances requiring it. 
17.2. 
Regulatory Documentation 
17.2.1. 
Regulatory Approval/Notification 
This protocol and any amendment(s) must be submitted to the appropriate regulatory authorities 
in each respective country, if applicable. A study may not be initiated until all local regulatory 
requirements are met. 
17.2.2. 
Required Prestudy Documentation 
The following documents must be provided to the sponsor before shipment of study drug to the 
study site: 
• 
Protocol and amendment(s), if any, signed and dated by the principal investigator 
• 
A copy of the dated and signed (or sealed, where appropriate per local regulations), written 
IEC/IRB approval of the protocol, amendments, ICF, any recruiting materials, and if 
applicable, subject compensation programs. This approval must clearly identify the specific 
protocol by title and number and must be signed (or sealed, where appropriate per local 
regulations) by the chairman or authorized designee. 
• 
Name and address of the IEC/IRB, including a current list of the IEC/IRB members and their 
function, with a statement that it is organized and operates according to GCP and the 
applicable laws and regulations. If accompanied by a letter of explanation, or equivalent, from 
the IEC/IRB, a general statement may be substituted for this list. If an investigator or a 
member of the study-site personnel is a member of the IEC/IRB, documentation must be 
obtained to state that this person did not participate in the deliberations or in the vote/opinion 
of the study. 
• 
Regulatory authority approval or notification, if applicable 
• 
Signed and dated statement of investigator (eg, Form FDA 1572), if applicable 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
96 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
• 
Documentation of investigator qualifications (eg, curriculum vitae) 
• 
Completed investigator financial disclosure form from the principal investigator, where 
required 
• 
Signed and dated Clinical Trial Agreement, which includes the financial agreement 
• 
Any other documentation required by local regulations 
 
The following documents must be provided to the sponsor before enrollment of the first subject: 
• 
Completed investigator financial disclosure forms from all subinvestigators 
• 
Documentation of subinvestigator qualifications (eg, curriculum vitae) 
• 
Name and address of any local laboratory conducting tests for the study, and a dated copy of 
current laboratory normal ranges for these tests, if applicable 
• 
Local 
laboratory 
documentation 
demonstrating 
competence 
and 
test 
reliability 
(eg, accreditation/license), if applicable 
17.3. 
Subject Identification, Enrollment, and Screening Logs 
The investigator agrees to complete a subject identification and enrollment log to permit easy 
identification of each subject during and after the study. This document will be reviewed by the 
sponsor study-site contact for completeness. 
The subject identification and enrollment log will be treated as confidential and will be filed by 
the investigator in the study file. To ensure subject confidentiality, no copy will be made. All 
reports and communications relating to the study will identify subjects by subject identification 
and date of birth. In cases where the subject is not randomized into the study, the date seen and 
date of birth will be used. 
The investigator must also complete a subject screening log, which reports on all subjects who 
were seen to determine eligibility for inclusion in the study. 
17.4. 
Source Documentation 
For the main study, at a minimum, source documentation must be available for the following to 
confirm data collected in the CRF: subject identification, eligibility, and study identification; study 
discussion and date of signed informed consent; dates of visits; results of safety and efficacy 
parameters as required by the protocol; record of all adverse events and follow-up of adverse 
events; concomitant medication; drug receipt/dispensing/return records; study drug administration 
information; and date of study completion and reason for early discontinuation of study drug or 
withdrawal from the study, if applicable.  
For the Extension Phase, at a minimum, source documentation must be available for the following: 
subject identification and study identification; discussion regarding closure of the main study and 
date of updated informed consent; dates of visits; drug dispensing records and study drug 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
97 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
administration information; and record of all serious adverse events and pregnancies and follow-
up of serious adverse events and pregnancies. 
In addition, the author of an entry in the source documents should be identifiable. 
At a minimum, the type and level of detail of source data available for a subject should be 
consistent with that commonly recorded at the study site as a basis for standard medical care. 
Specific details required as source data for the study will be reviewed with the investigator before 
the study and will be described in the monitoring guidelines (or other equivalent document). 
Subject-completed scales and assessments designated by the sponsor for the modified MFSAF 
v2.0 diary will be recorded directly into an electronic device and will be considered source data. 
17.5. 
Case Report Form Completion 
Case report forms are provided for each subject in electronic format.  
Electronic Data Capture (eDC) will be used for this study. The study data will be transcribed by 
study-site personnel from the source documents onto an electronic CRF, and transmitted in a 
secure manner to the sponsor within the timeframe agreed upon between the sponsor and the study 
site. The electronic file will be considered to be the CRF. 
Worksheets may be used for the capture of some data to facilitate completion of the CRF. Any 
such worksheets will become part of the subject's source documentation. All data relating to the 
study must be recorded in CRFs prepared by the sponsor. Data must be entered into CRFs in 
English. Study site personnel must complete the CRF as soon as possible after a subject visit, and 
the forms should be available for review at the next scheduled monitoring visit. 
All subjective measurements (eg, pain scale information or other questionnaires) will be completed 
by the same individual who made the initial baseline determinations whenever possible. The 
investigator must verify that all data entries in the CRFs are accurate and correct. 
All CRF entries, corrections, and alterations must be made by the investigator or other authorized 
study-site personnel. If necessary, queries will be generated in the eDC tool. The investigator or 
study-site personnel must adjust the CRF (if applicable) and complete the query.  
If corrections to a CRF are needed after the initial entry into the CRF, this can be done in 3 different 
ways: 
• 
Study site personnel can make corrections in the eDC tool at their own initiative or as a 
response to an auto query (generated by the eDC tool). 
• 
Study site manager can generate a query for resolution by the study-site personnel. 
• 
Clinical data manager can generate a query for resolution by the study-site personnel. 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
98 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
17.6. 
Data Quality Assurance/Quality Control 
Steps to be taken to ensure the accuracy and reliability of data include the selection of qualified 
investigators and appropriate study sites, review of protocol procedures with the investigator and 
study-site personnel before the study, and periodic monitoring visits by the sponsor, and direct 
transmission of clinical laboratory data from a central laboratory into the sponsor's data base. 
Written instructions will be provided for collection, handling, storage, and shipment of samples.  
Guidelines for CRF completion will be provided and reviewed with study-site personnel before 
the start of the study.  
The sponsor will review CRFs for accuracy and completeness during on-site monitoring visits and 
after transmission to the sponsor; any discrepancies will be resolved with the investigator or 
designee, as appropriate. After upload of the data into the study database they will be verified for 
accuracy and consistency with the data sources. 
17.7. 
Record Retention 
In compliance with the ICH/GCP guidelines, the investigator/institution will maintain all CRFs 
and all source documents that support the data collected from each subject, as well as all study 
documents as specified in ICH/GCP Section 8, Essential Documents for the Conduct of a Clinical 
Trial, and all study documents as specified by the applicable regulatory requirement(s). The 
investigator/institution will take measures to prevent accidental or premature destruction of these 
documents. 
Essential documents must be retained until at least 2 years after the last approval of a marketing 
application in an ICH region and until there are no pending or contemplated marketing applications 
in an ICH region or until at least 2 years have elapsed since the formal discontinuation of clinical 
development of the investigational product. These documents will be retained for a longer period 
if required by the applicable regulatory requirements or by an agreement with the sponsor. It is the 
responsibility of the sponsor to inform the investigator/institution as to when these documents no 
longer need to be retained. 
If the responsible investigator retires, relocates, or for other reasons withdraws from the 
responsibility of keeping the study records, custody must be transferred to a person who will accept 
the responsibility. The sponsor must be notified in writing of the name and address of the new 
custodian. Under no circumstance shall the investigator relocate or dispose of any study documents 
before having obtained written approval from the sponsor. 
If it becomes necessary for the sponsor or the appropriate regulatory authority to review any 
documentation relating to this study, the investigator/institution must permit access to such reports. 
17.8. 
Monitoring 
The sponsor will use a combination of monitoring techniques: On-Site Monitoring Visits, Remote 
Telephone Contacts and Central Data Surveillance to monitor this study. 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
99 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
The sponsor will perform on-site monitoring visits as frequently as necessary. The monitor will 
record dates of the visits in a study site visit log that will be kept at the study site. The first post-
initiation visit will be made as soon as possible after enrollment has begun. At these visits, the 
monitor will compare the data entered into the CRFs with the hospital or clinic records (source 
documents). The nature and location of all source documents will be identified to ensure that all 
sources of original data required to complete the CRF are known to the sponsor and study-site 
personnel and are accessible for verification by the sponsor study-site contact. If electronic records 
are maintained at the study site, the method of verification must be discussed with the study-site 
personnel.  
Direct access to source documentation (medical records) must be allowed for the purpose of 
verifying that the data recorded in the CRF are consistent with the original source data. Findings 
from this review of CRFs and source documents will be discussed with the study-site personnel. 
The sponsor expects that, during monitoring visits, the relevant study-site personnel will be 
available, the source documentation will be accessible, and a suitable environment will be provided 
for review of study-related documents. The monitor will meet with the investigator on a regular 
basis during the study to provide feedback on the study conduct. 
In addition to on-site monitoring visits, remote contacts can occur. It is expected that during these 
remote contacts, study-site personnel will be available to provide an update on the progress of the 
study at the site.  
Central monitoring will take place for data identified by the sponsor as requiring central review. 
17.9. 
Study Completion/Termination 
17.9.1. 
Study Completion 
The main study is considered completed 18 months after the last subject is enrolled or anytime the 
sponsor terminates the study, whichever comes first. The full study, including the Extension Phase, 
will be completed approximately 2 years after the clinical cutoff for the final analysis of the main 
study, or when the sponsor terminates the study, whichever occurs first. The sponsor will ensure 
that subjects benefiting from treatment with imetelstat will be able to continue their assigned 
treatment. The final data from the study site will be sent to the sponsor (or designee) after 
completion of the final subject assessment at that study site, in the time frame specified in the 
Clinical Trial Agreement. 
17.9.2. 
Study Termination 
The sponsor reserves the right to close the study site or terminate the study at any time for any 
reason at the sole discretion of the sponsor. Study sites will be closed upon study completion. A 
study site is considered closed when all required documents and study supplies have been collected 
and a study-site closure visit has been performed. 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
100 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
The investigator may initiate study-site closure at any time, provided there is reasonable cause and 
sufficient notice is given in advance of the intended termination. 
Reasons for the early closure of a study site by the sponsor or investigator may include but are not 
limited to: 
• 
Failure of the investigator to comply with the protocol, the requirements of the IEC/IRB or 
local health authorities, the sponsor's procedures, or GCP guidelines 
• 
Inadequate recruitment of subjects by the investigator 
• 
Discontinuation of further study drug development 
17.10. On-Site Audits 
Representatives of the sponsor's clinical quality assurance department may visit the study site at 
any time during or after completion of the study to conduct an audit of the study in compliance 
with regulatory guidelines and company policy. These audits will require access to all study 
records, including source documents, for inspection and comparison with the CRFs. Subject 
privacy must, however, be respected. The investigator and study-site personnel are responsible for 
being present and available for consultation during routinely scheduled study-site audit visits 
conducted by the sponsor or its designees.  
Similar auditing procedures may also be conducted by agents of any regulatory body, either as part 
of a national GCP compliance program or to review the results of this study in support of a 
regulatory submission. The investigator should immediately notify the sponsor if he or she has 
been contacted by a regulatory agency concerning an upcoming inspection. 
17.11. Use of Information and Publication 
All information, including but not limited to information regarding imetelstat or the sponsor's 
operations (eg, patent application, formulas, manufacturing processes, basic scientific data, prior 
clinical data, formulation information) supplied by the sponsor to the investigator and not 
previously published, and any data, including exploratory or biomarker research data, generated 
as a result of this study, are considered confidential and remain the sole property of the sponsor. 
The investigator agrees to maintain this information in confidence and use this information only 
to accomplish this study, and will not use it for other purposes without the sponsor's prior written 
consent. 
The investigator understands that the information developed in the study will be used by the 
sponsor in connection with the continued development of imetelstat, and thus may be disclosed as 
required to other clinical investigators or regulatory agencies. To permit the information derived 
from the clinical studies to be used, the investigator is obligated to provide the sponsor with all 
data obtained in the study. 
The results of the study will be reported in a Clinical Study Report generated by the sponsor and 
will contain CRF data from all study sites that participated in the study, direct transmission of 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
101 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
clinical laboratory data from a central laboratory and electronic diary data into the sponsor's 
database. Recruitment performance or specific expertise related to the nature and the key 
assessment parameters of the study will be used to determine a coordinating investigator. Results 
of exploratory or biomarker analyses performed after the Clinical Study Report has been issued 
will be reported in a separate report and will not require a revision of the Clinical Study Report. 
Study subject identifiers will not be used in publication of results. Any work created in connection 
with performance of the study and contained in the data that can benefit from copyright protection 
(except any publication by the investigator as provided for below) shall be the property of the 
sponsor as author and owner of copyright in such work. 
Consistent with Good Publication Practices and International Committee of Medical Journal 
Editors guidelines, the sponsor shall have the right to publish such primary (multicenter) data and 
information without approval from the investigator. The investigator has the right to publish study 
site-specific data after the primary data are published. If an investigator wishes to publish 
information from the study, a copy of the manuscript must be provided to the sponsor for review 
at least 60 days before submission for publication or presentation. Expedited reviews will be 
arranged for abstracts, poster presentations, or other materials. If requested by the sponsor in 
writing, the investigator will withhold such publication for up to an additional 60 days to allow for 
filing of a patent application. In the event that issues arise regarding scientific integrity or 
regulatory compliance, the sponsor will review these issues with the investigator. The sponsor will 
not mandate modifications to scientific content and does not have the right to suppress information. 
For multicenter study designs and substudy approaches, secondary results generally should not be 
published before the primary endpoints of a study have been published. Similarly, investigators 
will recognize the integrity of a multicenter study by not submitting for publication data derived 
from the individual study site until the combined results from the completed study have been 
submitted for publication, within 12 months of the availability of the final data (tables, listings, 
graphs), or the sponsor confirms there will be no multicenter study publication. Authorship of 
publications resulting from this study will be based on the guidelines on authorship, such as those 
described in the Uniform Requirements for Manuscripts Submitted to Biomedical Journals, which 
state that the named authors must have made a significant contribution to the design of the study 
or analysis and interpretation of the data, provided critical review of the paper, and given final 
approval of the final version. 
Registration of Clinical Studies and Disclosure of Results 
The sponsor will register and/or disclose the existence of and the results of clinical studies as 
required by law. 
 
 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
102 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
REFERENCES 
1. 
Aaronson NK, Ahmedzai S, Bullinger M, et al. The EORTC core quality of life questionnaire: interim results 
of an international field study. In: Osoba, D, ed. Effect of Cancer on Quality of Life. Boca Raton: CRC Press 
Inc; 1991:185-203. 
2. 
Abdelrahman RA, Begna KH, Al-Kali A, et al. Revised assessment of response and long-term discontinuation 
rates among 111 patients with myelofibrosis treated with momelotinib or ruxolitinib. Leukemia. 
2014;doi:10.1038/leu.2014.286. Epub ahead of print. 
3. 
Asai A, Oshima Y, Yamamoto Y, et al. A novel telomerase template antagonist (GRN163) as a potential 
anticancer agent. Cancer Res. 2003;63(14):3931–3939. 
4. 
Baerlocher G, Leibundgut E, Spitzer G, et al. Imetelstat: a novel approach with robust hematologic and 
molecular responses in a phase 2 study in patients with essential thrombocythemia (ET) who are refractory or 
intolerant to prior therapy. [Abstract 4398]. EHA Annual Meeting, June 13-16, 2013.  
5. 
Baerlocher GM, Leibundgut EO, Ayran C, et al. Imetelstat rapidly induces and maintains substantial 
hematologic and molecular responses in patients with essential thrombocythemia (ET) who are refractory or 
intolerant to prior therapy: preliminary Phase II results. Blood. 2012;120:179. 
6. 
Berger, RL. Multiparameter hypothesis testing and acceptance sampling. Technometrics. 1982;24:295-300. 
7. 
Bernard L, Belisle C, Mollica L, et al. Telomere length is severely and similarly reduced in JAK2V617F-
positive and –negative myeloproliferative neoplasms. Leukemia. 2009;23:287–291. 
8. 
Bjordal K, Kaasa S. Psychometric validation of the EORTC core quality of life questionnaire, 30 item version 
and a diagnosis specific module for head and neck cancer patients. Acta Oncol. 1992;31: 311-321. 
9. 
Cervantes F, Vannucchi AM, Kiladjian JJ, et al. Three-year efficacy, safety, and survival findings from 
COMFORT-II, a phase 3 study comparing ruxolitinib with best available therapy for 
myelofibrosis. Blood. 2013;122(25):4047-4053. 
10. Cleeland C, Turk DC, Melzack R. Brief pain inventory. In: Cleeland C, Turk DC, Melzack R, eds. Handbook 
of Pain Assessment. New York: The Guilford Press; 1991:378–382. 
11. De Charro F, Rabin R. EQ-5D-5L from the EuroQol group: an update. QOL Newsletter. 2000. 
12. Ferraris AM, Mangerini R, Pujic N, et al. High telomerase activity in granulocytes from clonal polycythemia 
vera and essential thrombocythemia. Blood. 2005a;105(5):2138–2140. 
13. Ferraris AM, Pujic N, Mongerini R, et al. Clonal granulocytes in polycythemia vera and essential 
thrombocythaemia have shortened telomeres. Br J Haematology. 2005b;130:391–393. 
14. Frink R, Peyton, M, Sullivan J, et al. Sensitivity and resistance of non-small cell lung cancer to the telomerase 
inhibitor imetelstat. Cancer Research. 2010;70(8 Suppl):3577. 
15. Gangat N, Caramazza D, Vaidya R, et al. DIPSS plus: a refined Dynamic International Prognostic Scoring 
System for primary myelofibrosis that incorporates prognostic information from karyotype, platelet count, and 
transfusion status. J Clin Oncol. 2011;29(4):392–397. 
16. Harley CB. Telomerase and cancer therapeutics. Nat Rev. 2008;8:167–179. 
17. Harrison C, Kiladjian JJ, Al-Ali HK, et al. JAK inhibition with ruxolitinib versus best available therapy for 
myelofibrosis. N Engl J Med. 2012;366(9):787–798. 
18. Harrison CN, Kiladjian J, Al-Ali, HK, et al. Results of a randomized study of the JAK inhibitor ruxolitinib 
(INC424) versus best available therapy (BAT) in primary myelofibrosis (PMF), post-polycythemia vera-
myelofibrosis (PPV-MF) or post-essential thrombocythemia-myelofibrosis (PET-MF). J Clin Oncol. 
2011;29(suppl):LBA6501. 
19. Herbert B-S, Gellert GC, Hochreiter A, et al. Lipid modification of GRN163, an N3’-P5’ thio-
phosphoramidate oligonucleotide, enhances the potency of telomerase inhibition. Oncogene. 2005;24:5262–
5268. 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
103 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
20. Iancu-Rubin C, Mosoyan G, Parker CC, et al. Imetelstat (GRN163L), a telomerase inhibitor selectively affects 
malignant megakaryopoiesis in myeloproliferative neoplasms (MPN). Blood. 2014;124(21):4582. 
21. Investigator Brochure: JNJ-63935937 (imetelstat) Edition 14. Janssen Research & Development (30 Oct 2018).  
22. Jabbour E, Hagop MK, Garcia-Manero G, et al. Outcome of patients (pts) with myelofibrosis (mf) after 
ruxolitinib (rux) therapy. Blood. 2013;122(21):1584. 
23. Keohane C, Radia DH, Harrison CN. Treatment and management of myelofibrosis in the era of JAK inhibitors 
Biologics: Targets and Therapy. 2013;7:189–198. 
24. Kind P, Dolan P, Gudex C, et al. Variations in population health status: results from a United Kingdom 
national questionnaire survey. Brit Med J. 1998;316(7133):736-741. 
25. Mesa RA, Kantarjian H, Tefferi A, et al. Evaluating the serial use of the myelofibrosis symptom assessment 
form for measuring symptomatic improvement: performance in 87 myelofibrosis patients on a JAK1 and JAK2 
inhibitor (INCB018424) clinical trial. Cancer. 2011;117:4869-4877. 
26. Mesa RA, Niblack J, Wadleigh M, et al. The burden of fatigue and quality of life in myeloproliferative 
disorders (MPDs): an international internet-based survey of 1179 MPD patients. Cancer. 2007;109:68-76. 
27. Passamonti F, Cervantes F, Vannucchi AM, et al. A dynamic prognostic model to predict survival in primary 
myelofibrosis: a study by the IWG-MRT (international working group for myeloproliferative neoplasms 
research and treatment). Blood. 2010;115(9):1703–1708. 
28. Tefferi A, Cervantes F, Mesa R, et al. Revised response criteria for myelofibrosis: international working group-
myeloproliferative neoplasms research and treatment (IWG-MRT) and European leukemia net (ELN) 
consensus report. Blood. 2013;122(8):1395–1398. 
29. Tefferi A, LaPlant B, Begna K, et al. Imetelstat, a telomerase inhibitor, therapy for myelofibrosis: a pilot study. 
Blood. 2014;124(21): 634. 
30. Tefferi A. How I treat myelofibrosis. Blood. 2011;117(13):3494–3504. 
31. Terasaki Y, Okumura H, Ohtake S, et al. Accelerated telomere length shortening in granulocytes: a diagnostic 
marker for myeloproliferative diseases. Exp Hematology. 2002;30:1399–1404. 
32. Vannucchi AM, Verstovsek S, Jones MM, et al. Efficacy of ruxolitinib by baseline spleen volume in patients 
with polycythemia vera resistant to or intolerant of hydroxyurea. Blood. 2014;124(21):1840. 
33. Verstovsek S, Mesa RA, Gotlib J, et al. A double-blind, placebo-controlled trial of ruxolitinib for 
myelofibrosis. N Engl J Med. 2012;366(9):799–807. 
34. Wang X, Hu CS, Li Y, et al. Effects of imetelstat on CD34+ cells of patients with myelofibrosis. Blood. 
2014;124(21):1879. 
 
 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
104 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
Attachment 1: Modified Myelofibrosis Symptom Assessment Form v2.0 
(modified MFSAF v2.0) 
 
 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
105 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
Attachment 2: European Organization for Research and Treatment of Cancer QLQ-C30  
(EORTC QLQ-C30) 
 
 
 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
106 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
 
 
 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
107 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
Attachment 3: Brief Pain Inventory (Short Form) (BPI) 
 
 
 
 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
108 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
 
 
 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
109 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
Attachment 4: Patient’s Global Impression of Change (PGIC) 
 
Since the start of the treatment you’ve received in this study, your 
myelofibrosis symptoms are: 
 
 1. Very much improved  
 2. Somewhat improved 
 3. A little improved  
 4. No change 
 5. A little worse 
 6. Somewhat worse 
 7. Very much worse 
 
 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
110 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
Attachment 5: EuroQol-EQ-5D (EQ-5D-5L) 
 
 
 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
111 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
 
 
 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
112 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
 
 
 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
113 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
Attachment 6: World Health Organization (WHO) Diagnostic Criteria for Polycythemia Vera, 
Essential Thrombocythemia and Primary Myelofibrosis 
 
2008 WHO Diagnostic Criteria 
 
 
Polycythemia Vera1) 
 
Essential Thrombocythemia1 
 
Primary Myelofibrosis1 
Major 
criteria 
1 
Hgb > 18.5 g/dL (men) 
> 16.5 g/dL (women) 
or 2) 
1 
Platelet count ≥ 450 x 109/L 
1 
Megakaryocyte proliferation 
and atypia3) accompanied by 
either reticulin and/or 
collagen fibrosis, or4) 
2 
Presence of JAK2V617F  
or JAK2 exon 12 
mutation 
2 
Megakaryocyte proliferation 
with large and mature 
morphology. 
2 
Not meeting WHO criteria 
for CML, PV, MDS, or other 
myeloid neoplasm 
3 
Not meeting WHO criteria for 
CML, PV, PMF, MDS or 
other myeloid neoplasm 
3 
Demonstration of 
JAK2V617F or other clonal 
marker 
or  
no evidence of reactive 
marrow fibrosis 
4 
Demonstration of JAK2V617F 
or other clonal marker 
or  
no evidence of reactive 
thrombocytosis  
Minor 
criteria 
1 
BM trilineage 
myeloproliferation 
 
1 
Leukoerythroblastosis 
2 
Subnormal serum Epo 
level 
2 
Increased serum LDH level 
3 
EEC growth 
3 
Anemia 
4 
Palpable splenomegaly 
Key: BM, bone marrow; Hgb, hemoglobin; Hct, hematocrit; Epo, erythropoietin; EEC, endogenous erythroid 
colony; WHO, World Health Organization; CML, chronic myelogenous leukemia; PV, polycythemia vera; PMF, 
primary myelofibrosis; MDS, myelodysplastic syndromes; LDH, lactate dehydrogenase 
1 PV diagnosis requires meeting either both major criteria and one minor criterion or the first major criterion and 2 
minor criteria. ET diagnosis requires meeting all 4 major criteria. PMF diagnosis requires meeting all 3 major 
criteria and 2 minor criteria. 
2 Or Hgb or Hct > 99th percentile of reference range for age, sex, or altitude of residence or red cell mass > 25% 
above mean normal predicted or Hgb > 17 g/dL (men)/ > 15 g/dL (women) if associated with a sustained increase 
of  2 g/dL from baseline that cannot be attributed to correction of iron deficiency 
3 Small to large megakaryocytes with aberrant nuclear/cytoplasmic ratio and hyperchromatic and irregularly folded 
nuclei and dense clustering. 
4 In the absence of reticulin fibrosis, the megakaryocyte changes must be accompanied by increased marrow 
cellularity, granulocytic proliferation and often decreased erythropoiesis (ie, pre-fibrotic PMF)) 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
114 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
Attachment 7: International Working Group for Myeloproliferative Neoplasms Research and 
Treatment (IWG-MRT) Recommended Criteria for Post-Polycythemia Vera and 
Post-essential Thrombocythemia Myelofibrosis 
 
Criteria for post-polycythemia vera-myelofibrosis  
 Required criteria: 
  1  
Documentation of a previous diagnosis of polycythemia vera as defined by the WHO criteria  
  2  
Bone marrow fibrosis Grade 2–3 (on 0–3 scale) or Grade 3–4 (on 0–4 scale) (see footnote for details)  
  
  
 Additional criteria (2 are required): 
  1  
Anemia or sustained loss of requirement for phlebotomy in the absence of cytoreductive therapy 
  2  
A leukoerythroblastic peripheral blood picture 
  3  
Increasing splenomegaly defined as either an increase in palpable splenomegaly of ≥ 5 cm (distance of the 
tip of the spleen from the left costal margin) or the appearance of a newly palpable splenomegaly 
  4  
Development of ≥ 1 of three constitutional symptoms: >10% weight loss in 6 months, night sweats, 
unexplained fever (>37.5°C) 
  
  
Criteria for post-essential thrombocythemia myelofibrosis  
 Required criteria: 
  1  
Documentation of a previous diagnosis of essential thrombocythemia as defined by the WHO  
  2  
Bone marrow fibrosis Grade 2–3 (on 0–3 scale) or Grade 3–4 (on 0–4 scale) (see footnote for details) 
  
  
 Additional criteria (2 are required): 
  1  
Anemia and a ≥ 2 g/dL decrease from baseline hemoglobin level 
  2  
A leukoerythroblastic peripheral blood picture 
  3  
Increasing splenomegaly defined as either an increase in palpable splenomegaly of ≥ 5 cm (distance of the 
tip of the spleen from the left costal margin) or the appearance of a newly palpable splenomegaly 
  4  
Increased lactate dehydrogenase 
  5  
Development of ≥ 1 of three constitutional symptoms: >10% weight loss in 6 months, night sweats, 
unexplained fever (>37.5°C) 
Note:  Grade 2–3 according to the European classification: diffuse, often coarse fiber network with no evidence 
of collagenization (negative trichrome stain) or diffuse, coarse fiber network with areas of collagenization 
(positive trichrome stain).  Grade 3–4 according to the standard classification: diffuse and dense increase in 
reticulin with extensive intersections, occasionally with only focal bundles of collagen and/or focal 
osteosclerosis or diffuse and dense increase in reticulin with extensive intersections with coarse bundles of 
collagen, often associated with significant osteosclerosis. 
 
 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
115 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
Attachment 8: Dynamic International Prognostic Scoring System (DIPSS) 
 
 
 
 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
116 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
Attachment 9: Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group (ECOG) Performance Status 
 
ECOG Grade  Scale (with Karnofsky conversion) 
 
0 
Fully active, able to carry on all predisease performance without restriction. 
(Karnofsky 90-100) 
 
1 
Restricted in physically strenuous activity but ambulatory and able to carry out 
work on a light or sedentary nature, eg, light housework, office work. (Karnofsky 
70-80) 
 
2 
Ambulatory and capable of all self-care but unable to carry out any work activities. 
Up and about more than 50% of waking hours. (Karnofsky 50-60) 
 
3 
Capable of only limited self-care; confined to bed or chair more than 50% of 
waking hours. (Karnofsky 30-40) 
 
4 
Completely disabled. Cannot carry on any self-care. Totally confined to bed or 
chair. (Karnofsky 10-20) 
 
5 
Dead. (Karnofsky 0) 
 
 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
117 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
Attachment 10: 
Screening Myelofibrosis (MF) Symptom Form 
 
Instructions to Subjects: Please answer all questions to the best of your ability, based on your 
memory over the past 7 days (1 week). There is no right or wrong answer. 
 
1. During the past 7 days, how severe were your worst night sweats (or feeling hot or flushed) 
due to MF? 
 
0 (Absent) 1   2   3   4   5   6   7   8   9   10 (Worst Imaginable) 
 
2. During the past 7 days, how severe was your worst itchiness due to MF? 
 
0 (Absent) 1   2   3   4   5   6   7   8   9   10 (Worst Imaginable) 
 
3. During the past 7 days, how severe was your worst abdominal discomfort (feel uncomfortable, 
pressure or bloating) due to MF? 
 
0 (Absent) 1   2   3   4   5   6   7   8   9   10 (Worst Imaginable) 
 
4. During the past 7 days, how severe was your worst pain under the ribs on the left side due to 
MF? 
 
0 (Absent) 1   2   3   4   5   6   7   8   9  10 (Worst Imaginable) 
 
5. During the past 7 days, at its worst, to what degree did you feel full quickly (early satiety) 
after beginning to eat due to MF? 
 
0 (Not at all) 1   2   3   4   5   6   7   8   9  10 (Worst 
Imaginable) 
 
6. During the past 7 days, how severe was your worst bone or muscle pain due to MF (diffuse, 
not joint or arthritis pain)? 
 
0 (Absent) 1   2   3   4   5   6   7   8   9  10 (Worst Imaginable) 
 
7. During the past 7 days, how severe was your worst inactivity (including work and social 
activities) due to MF? 
 
0 (Absent) 1   2    3   4   5   6   7   8   9  10 (Worst Imaginable) 
 
 
 
 
 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
118 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
Attachment 11: 
Myelofibrosis (MF) Symptom Recall Form 
 
Instructions: Please answer all questions to the best of your ability; circle the one number that 
describes the average of the worst level of each following symptoms on each day over the past 
week. There is no right or wrong answer. 
 
1. During the past week, how severe were your worst night sweats (or feeling hot or flushed) due 
to MF? 
 
0 (Absent) 1   2   3   4   5   6   7   8   9   10 (Worst Imaginable) 
 
2. During the past week, how severe was your worst itchiness due to MF? 
 
0 (Absent) 1   2   3   4   5   6   7   8   9   10 (Worst Imaginable) 
 
3. During the past week, how severe was your worst abdominal discomfort (feel uncomfortable, 
pressure or bloating) due to MF? 
 
0 (Absent) 1   2   3   4   5   6   7   8   9   10 (Worst Imaginable) 
 
4. During the past week, how severe was your worst pain under the ribs on the left side due to 
MF? 
 
0 (Absent) 1   2   3   4   5   6   7   8   9 10 (Worst Imaginable) 
 
5. During the past week, at its worst, to what degree did you feel full quickly (early satiety) after 
beginning to eat due to MF? 
 
0 (Not at all) 1   2   3   4   5   6   7   8   9   10 (Worst 
Imaginable) 
 
6. During the past week, how severe was your worst bone or muscle pain due to MF (diffuse, not 
joint or arthritis pain)? 
 
0 (Absent) 1   2   3   4   5   6   7   8   9   10 (Worst Imaginable) 
 
7. During the past week, how severe was your worst inactivity (including work and social 
activities) due to MF? 
 
0 (Absent) 1   2    3   4   5   6   7   8   9   10 (Worst Imaginable) 
 
 
 
 


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
119 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
INVESTIGATOR AGREEMENT 
PROTOCOL AMENDMENT ACCEPTANCE FORM 
TITLE: 
A Randomized, Single-Blind, Multicenter Phase 2 Study to 
Evaluate the Activity of 2 Dose Levels of Imetelstat in 
Subjects with Intermediate-2 or High-Risk Myelofibrosis 
(MF) Relapsed/Refractory to Janus Kinase (JAK) Inhibitor   
PROTOCOL: 
63935937MYF2001, Amendment 5 
IND: 
N/A 
EUDRACT NUMBER: 
2015-000946-41 
STUDY DRUG: 
Imetelstat Sodium for Injection (GRN163L for Injection) 
SPONSOR: 
Geron Corporation 
149 Commonwealth Drive 
Menlo Park, CA 94025 USA 
 
 
I agree to conduct the study in accordance with the current protocol. 
 
 
 
Principal Investigator’s Name (print) 
 
 
 
 
 
Principal Investigator’s Signature 
 
Date 
 
 
Please return a copy to Geron at the address provided below.  Please retain the original for your study files. 
Geron Corporation, Clinical Operations 
149 Commonwealth Drive 
Menlo Park, CA 94025 USA  


GRN163L (imetelstat) 
 
 
 
Clinical Protocol 63935937MYF2001 - Amendment 5 
120 
Status: Approved, Date: 28 March 2019 
 

SAP_001.pdf: 
 
Official Title: 
A Randomized, Single-Blind, Multicenter Phase 2 Study to Evaluate the 
Activity of 2 Dose Levels of Imetelstat in Subjects With Intermediate-2 or 
High-Risk Myelofibrosis (MF) Relapsed/Refractory to Janus Kinase (JAK) 
Inhibitor 
 
NCT Number: 
NCT02426086 
 
Document Date: 
 
Statistical Analysis Plan: 14 May 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


1
Status: Approved ,  Date: 14 May 2018  
Janssen Research & Development*
Statistical Analysis Plan
A Randomized, Single-Blind, Multicenter Phase 2 Study to Evaluate the Activity of 
2 Dose Levels of Imetelstat in Subjects with Intermediate-2 or High-Risk 
Myelofibrosis (MF) Relapsed/Refractory to Janus Kinase (JAK) Inhibitor
Protocol 63935937MYF2001; Phase 2
JNJ-63935937 (imetelstat)
* Janssen Research & Development is a global organization that operates through different legal entities in 
various countries. Therefore, the legal entity acting as the sponsor for Janssen Research & Development
studies may vary, such as, but not limited to Janssen Biotech, Inc.; Janssen Products, LP; Janssen
Biologics, BV; Janssen-Cilag International NV; Janssen, Inc; Janssen Infectious Diseases BVBA; Janssen
Sciences Ireland UC; or Janssen Research & Development, LLC. The term “sponsor” is used throughout
the protocol to represent these various legal entities; the sponsor is identified on the Contact Information
page that accompanies the protocol.
Issue/Report Date:
14 May 2018
Department:
Biometrics and Reporting
Document No.:
EDMS-ERI-162883916, 1.0
Confidentiality Statement
The information in this document contains trade secrets and commercial information that are privileged or confidential and may not be 
disclosed unless such disclosure is required by applicable law or regulations. In any event, persons to whom the information is 
disclosed must be informed that the information is privileged or confidential and may not be further disclosed by them. These 
restrictions on disclosure will apply equally to all future information supplied to you which is indicated as privileged or confidential.


JNJ-63935937 MYF2001 Statistical Analysis Plan
2
Status: Approved ,  Date: 14 May 2018  
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ABBREVIATIONS.........................................................................................................................................4
1.
INTRODUCTION..................................................................................................................................6
1.1.
TRIAL OBJECTIVES ...........................................................................................................................6
1.2.
TRIAL DESIGN ....................................................................................................................................6
1.3.
STATISTICAL HYPOTHESES FOR PRIMARY OBJECTIVES ..........................................................8
1.4.
SAMPLE SIZE JUSTIFICATION .........................................................................................................8
1.5.
RANDOMIZATION AND BLINDING....................................................................................................9
2.
ANALYSIS PLANNED.........................................................................................................................9
2.1.
GENERAL ANALYSIS DEFINITIONS.................................................................................................9
2.1.1.
Baseline, Treatment Phase and Posttreatment Follow Up Phase ...................................................9
2.1.2.
Visit Window ...................................................................................................................................10
2.1.3.
Data Handling Rule and Imputation of Missing Data .....................................................................10
2.1.4.
Analysis Sets ..................................................................................................................................12
2.1.4.1.
Treated Analysis Set ...................................................................................................................12
2.1.4.2.
Intent-to-Treat Analysis Set.........................................................................................................12
2.1.4.3.
Biomarker Analysis Set ...............................................................................................................12
2.1.4.4.
Treated for Week 12/24 Analysis Set .........................................................................................12
2.1.4.5.
Definition of Subgroup.................................................................................................................12
2.1.5.
Other General Definitions...............................................................................................................13
2.1.5.1.
Individual Study Start/Treatment Start (Day 1), Study Day and Month ......................................13
2.1.5.2.
End of Treatment, End of Study, Time on Treatment , and Time on Study for Individual 
Subject ........................................................................................................................................13
2.1.5.3.
Number of Treatment Cycles Received ......................................................................................14
2.1.5.4.
Properties of Treatment Cycles...................................................................................................14
2.1.5.5.
Dose Intensity and Relative Dose Intensity ................................................................................14
2.1.5.6.
Age and Age Categories .............................................................................................................15
2.1.5.7.
Baseline Values and Subject Disease Characteristics ...............................................................15
2.1.5.8.
Concomitant Medication..............................................................................................................16
2.1.5.9.
Protocol Deviations .....................................................................................................................16
2.2.
INTERIM ANALYSES AND DATA REVIEW COMMITTEE ..............................................................16
2.2.1.
Interim Analyses .............................................................................................................................16
2.2.2.
Data Review Committees...............................................................................................................17
2.3.
METHODS OF ANALYSIS ................................................................................................................18
2.3.1.
General Analysis Specifications .....................................................................................................18
2.3.2.
Demographics and Baseline Characteristics..................................................................................18
2.3.3.
Prior Systemic and Subsequent Anti-cancer Treatment ................................................................19
2.3.4.
Prior and Subsequent Radiotherapy ..............................................................................................19
2.3.5.
Subject Disposition .........................................................................................................................19
2.3.6.
Extent of Exposure .........................................................................................................................20
2.3.7.
Concomitant Medications ...............................................................................................................20
2.3.8.
Efficacy ...........................................................................................................................................21


JNJ-63935937 MYF2001 Statistical Analysis Plan
3
Status: Approved ,  Date: 14 May 2018  
2.3.8.1.
Analysis Specifications................................................................................................................21
2.3.8.1.1.
Level of Significance ................................................................................................................21
2.3.8.1.2.
Spleen Assessment by Independent Review Committee (IRC) ..............................................21
2.3.8.1.3.
Modified Myelofibrosis Symptom Assessment Form (modified MFSAF v2.0).........................21
2.3.8.1.4.
Response Assessment Criteria................................................................................................21
2.3.8.1.5.
Spleen and Response Assessment by Investigator ................................................................23
2.3.8.1.6.
Spleen Assessment by IRC .....................................................................................................24
2.3.8.1.7.
Best Overall Response ............................................................................................................24
2.3.8.2.
Primary Efficacy Endpoints .........................................................................................................24
2.3.8.2.1.
Definition and Primary Analysis ...............................................................................................24
2.3.8.2.2.
Analysis Methods.....................................................................................................................24
2.3.8.3.
Secondary Efficacy Variables .....................................................................................................24
2.3.8.3.1.
Response-Related Endpoints per modified IWG-MRT criteria ................................................24
2.3.8.3.2.
Duration of Response ..............................................................................................................25
2.3.8.4.
Overall Survival ...........................................................................................................................26
2.3.8.5.
Exploratory Analyses ..................................................................................................................26
2.3.8.6.
Patient-Reported Outcomes (PRO) ............................................................................................27
2.3.8.6.1.
EORTC QLQ-C30 ....................................................................................................................27
2.3.8.6.2.
EQ-5D-5L .................................................................................................................................27
2.3.8.6.3.
Brief Pain Inventory (BPI) ........................................................................................................28
2.3.8.6.4.
Patient’s Global Impression of Change (PGIC) .......................................................................28
2.3.8.6.5.
Analysis Methods for PRO.......................................................................................................28
2.3.8.7.
Biomarker....................................................................................................................................28
2.3.9.
Safety..............................................................................................................................................28
2.3.9.1.
Adverse Events ...........................................................................................................................29
2.3.9.2.
Death...........................................................................................................................................30
2.3.9.3.
Clinical Laboratory Tests.............................................................................................................30
2.3.9.4.
ECOG Performance Status.........................................................................................................31
REFERENCES ............................................................................................................................................32


JNJ-63935937 MYF2001 Statistical Analysis Plan
4
Status: Approved ,  Date: 14 May 2018  
ABBREVIATIONS
aPTT 
activated partial thromboplastin time
ALP
alkaline phosphatase
ALT
alanine aminotransferase
AST
aspartate aminotransferase
BM
bone marrow
CI
clinical improvement
CR
complete remission
DMC
Data Monitoring Committee
DNA
deoxyribonucleic acid
ECG
electrocardiogram
ECOG
Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group
eCRF
electronic case report form
EQ-5D-5L
EuroQol-EQ-5D-5L
FDA
Food and Drug Administration
GCP
Good Clinical Practice
GGT
gamma-glutamyl transpeptidase
Hb
hemoglobin
HI-E
hematologic improvement-erythroid
HIV
human immunodeficiency virus
HR
heart rate
hTERT
human telomerase reverse transcriptase
IB
Investigator's Brochure
ICF
informed consent form
ICH
International Conference on Harmonisation
IEC
Independent Ethics Committee
INR
international normalized ratio
IPSS
International Prognostic Scoring System
IRB
Institutional Review Board
IRR
infusion related reaction
ITT
intent to treat
IV
intravenous
IWG
International Working Group
IWG 2006
International Working Group Response Criteria [in Myelodysplasia] 2006
IWG-MRT
International Working Group – Myeloproliferative Neoplasms Research and Treatment
IWRS
interactive web response system
LFT
liver function tests
MDS
myelodysplastic syndrome(s)
MedDRA
Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities
MF
Myelofibrosis
NCI-CTCAE
National Cancer Institute Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events
OS
overall survival
PD
progressive disease / disease progression
PE
physical exam
PK
pharmacokinetic(s)
PR
partial remission
pRBC
packed red blood cell
PRO
patient-reported outcome(s)
PT
prothrombin time
qRT-PCR
quantitative real-time polymerase chain reaction
RBC
red blood cell
RNA
ribonucleic acid
SIPPM
Site Investigational Product Procedures Manual
SVR
spleen volume reduction
TA
telomerase activity


JNJ-63935937 MYF2001 Statistical Analysis Plan
5
Status: Approved ,  Date: 14 May 2018  
TI
transfusion independence
TL
telomere length
ULN
upper limit of normal
WHO
World Health Organization


JNJ-63935937 MYF2001 Statistical Analysis Plan
6
Status: Approved ,  Date: 14 May 2018  
1.
INTRODUCTION
This statistical analysis plan contains definitions of analysis populations, derived 
variables and statistical methods for analysis of efficacy and safety.
1.1.
Trial Objectives
The primary objective of this study was to evaluate spleen response rate and symptom 
response rate of 2 dose regimens of imetelstat (9.4 mg/kg and 4.7 mg/kg imetelstat given 
intravenously [IV] every 3 weeks) in subjects with intermediate-2 or high-risk 
myelofibrosis (MF) who are relapsed after or refractory to JAK inhibitor treatment. 
Secondary objectives were to assess the safety of imetelstat; to assess complete remission 
(CR) or partial remission (PR), clinical improvement (CI), spleen response, symptoms 
response and anemia response per modified 2013 International Working Group –
Myeloproliferative Neoplasms Research and Treatment (IWG-MRT) criteria, duration of 
responses, and overall survival (OS); to evaluate the pharmacokinetics (PK) of imetelstat; 
to evaluate the PK/response and pharmacodynamic (PD) relationships with factors that 
include hemoglobin concentration, spleen size, and platelet count; to evaluate the 
immunogenicity of imetelstat; and to assess the effect of treatment on patient-reported 
outcomes (PROs).
The exploratory objectives were to assess the PK relationship with telomerase activity 
(TA), telomere length (TL) or human telomerase reverse transcriptase (hTERT), to 
characterize the baseline cytogenetic and mutational status for their association with 
clinical response, and to evaluate the change of cytogenetic abnormalities or mutant allele 
burden for assessing cytogenetic and molecular responses.
1.2.
Trial Design
This was a randomized, single-blind, multicenter, Phase 2 study of 2 dosing regimens of 
single-agent imetelstat in subjects with intermediate-2 or high-risk MF (primary MF 
[PMF], post-ET--MF [PET-MF], or post-PV-MF [PPV-MF]) who were relapsed after or 
refractory to JAK inhibitor treatment. Eligible subjects were stratified based on a) spleen 
size ≥ 15 cm below the left costal margin (yes vs. no) and b) platelet count at study entry 
(platelets ≥75 x 109/L and < 150 x 109/L vs. ≥ 150 x 109/L). Study treatment was
administered on a 21-day cycle. The main study had  phases: a screening phase of up to 
21 days before randomization; a treatment phase extended from randomization until 


JNJ-63935937 MYF2001 Statistical Analysis Plan
7
Status: Approved ,  Date: 14 May 2018  
study drug discontinuation; and a posttreatment follow-up phase that began when the 
subject discontinued imetelstat. The posttreatment follow-up phase would continue until 
death, lost to follow-up, withdrawal of consent or study end, whichever occurred first. 
The end of study was defined as 18 months after the last subject was enrolled or when the 
sponsor terminated the study, whichever occurred first.
With Protocol Amendment 3, the study has been closed to further subject enrollment. 
Subjects in the Treatment Phase who benefited from study treatment may enter an 
Extension Phase and continue to receive imetelstat until there was loss of benefit or 
unacceptable toxicity, as determined by the investigator according to local standard of 
care. Subjects in the Posttreatment Follow-up Phase willenter the Extension Phase to 
continue follow-up for survival status. The Extension Phase will end approximately 1 
year after the clinical cutoff for the final analysis of the main study.
The first interim review planned in this study occurred after the first 40 evaluable 
subjects (defined as the subjects who have both baseline and post baseline spleen 
measurement per investigator MRI, 20 per treatment arm) were followed for at least 12 
weeks.  Both arms would continue with enrollment until approximately 100 subjects per 
arm were enrolled if both of them were efficacious and had an acceptable safety profile.  
If only one arm was efficacious and had an acceptable safety profile, then that arm would
continue enrollment and enrollment would be stopped in the other arm. In the case that 
both arms were not efficacious and safe, an alternative dose may be selected based on the 
PK/PD exposure-response, efficacy, and safety analysis and a protocol amendment would
be implemented to reflect this. 
Following the first interim review of data, and in line with Protocol Amendment 2, 
enrollment of new subjects into Arm A was suspended and enrollment into Arm B was 
permanently closed.   Subjects in Arm B continued their current treatment or had their 
dose increased to 9.4 mg/kg at the investigator’s discretion according to the guidance 
provided in Section 6 of protocol. Subjects in Arm A could have continued treatment at 
the investigator’s discretion.
The second interim review was performed with a clinical cutoff that was 6 months after 
the clinical cutoff used for the first interim review. Following the second interim review, 
it was decided that enrollment in Arm A would be permanently closed.


JNJ-63935937 MYF2001 Statistical Analysis Plan
8
Status: Approved ,  Date: 14 May 2018  
The analyses specified in the SAP are considered the final analyses for the protocol, with 
a data cut-off of 18 months after the last subject was enrolled.  Data collected in the 
extension phase will not be included in the analyses and will not be reported here. There 
will be a separate addendum with data from that phase.
The final decision for further development will be made based on the totality of data 
taking into consideration efficacy data, including spleen responses, symptoms, peripheral 
blood counts, bone marrow data, survival, safety, and PK/PD data.
1.3.
Statistical Hypotheses for Primary Objectives
The primary hypothesis of this study is that the experimental treatment compared with 
historical data will significantly improve both spleen response rate and symptom 
response rate in subjects with intermediate-2 or high-risk MF relapsed/refractory to a
janus kinase (JAK) Inhibitor. 
Statistical Hypotheses are:
H0: 
H1: 
The null hypothesis is tested by the intersection-union test.1 Each of the co-primary
endpoints is tested at one sided α=0.025, and the maximum Type I error rate for testing
co-primary endpoints is the same as one sided α=0.025.
1.4.
Sample Size Justification
The study was planned to enroll approximately 200 subjects (approximately 100/arm) in 
the original protocol.
As of result of decisions from the interim reviews, the study 
enrolled 107 subjects.
 
 
 
 
 
 


JNJ-63935937 MYF2001 Statistical Analysis Plan
9
Status: Approved ,  Date: 14 May 2018  
 
1.5.
Randomization and Blinding
Subjects were centrally randomized to 2 dose regimens of imetelstat (9.4 mg/kg and 4.7 
mg/kg imetelstat given intravenously [IV] every 3 weeks) in a 1:1 ratio based on a 
computer-generated 
randomization 
schedule 
prepared 
before 
the 
study. 
The 
randomization was stratified by a) spleen size ≥15 cm below the left costal margin by 
palpation (yes vs. no) and b) platelet count (≥75 x 109/L and <150 x 109/L vs. ≥ 150 x 
109/L) and balanced by using randomly permuted blocks. 
The study was originally designed as a single-blind study, in which subjects would be 
blinded to the treatment arms. This was to reduce potential bias during data collection. 
Beginning with Protocol Amendment 2, enrollment of new subjects into Arm A (9.4 
mg/kg) was suspended and enrollment into Arm B (4.7 mg/kg) was permanently closed. 
Any subject already in the Screening Phase at the time study enrollment was suspended, 
and who was subsequently determined to be eligible for the study, was allowed to 
proceed with treatment assignment to the 9.4 mg/kg arm per investigator discretion, 
subject agreement, and IRB/IEC notification. In addition, subjects were no longer blinded 
to treatment assignment. Data review committees and their access to data is detailed in 
Section 2.2.2. 
2.
ANALYSIS PLANNED
This analysis plan describes the planned efficacy and safety analyses for 
Study 63935937MYF2001 (hereafter referred to as Study MYF2001).
2.1.
General Analysis Definitions
2.1.1.
Baseline, Treatment Phase and Posttreatment Follow Up Phase
Unless specified otherwise, the baseline value is defined as the last non-missing value 
collected on or before the administration of the first dose of study drug. For subjects who 
have been randomized but not treated with any study drug, the randomization date will be 
used as the reference date for baseline value calculation.


JNJ-63935937 MYF2001 Statistical Analysis Plan
10
Status: Approved ,  Date: 14 May 2018  
The treatment phase begins on date of Cycle 1, Day 1 and continues until study drug 
discontinuation. 
The Posttreatment follow up phase starts from the day after study drug discontinuation 
until death, lost to follow-up, withdrawal of consent or study end, whichever occurs first. 
2.1.2.
Visit Window
The following table will be used to generate derived visit based on relative day.
Parameter 
Time 
Interval
(label on 
output)
Time 
Interval
(Day)*
Target 
Time Point
(Day)
Vital signs
Baseline/0
<=1
1
4
14 to 41
28
8
42 to 69
56
12
70 to 97
84
:
:
:
For Visit = week 4k, target day is 4*k*7, relative day is within window 
4(k)*7-14<= relative day < 4k*7 + 14  
2.1.3.
Data Handling Rule and Imputation of Missing Data
In general, no missing data, other than missing dates specified below, will be imputed.  
For subjects who had dose escalation (from 4.7 mg/kg to 9.4 mg/kg), data up to dose 
escalation will be included in tables generated for CSR.  Data after dose escalation 
(inclusive) will be listed only.
Imputation of partial missing dates will be made for AE onset date, AE resolution date, 
date of death, start and end dates of concomitant therapy, and date of initial diagnosis. 
For AE onset and resolution date, the global standard AE imputation rules listed below 
will be applied. 
Partial AE onset dates will be imputed as follows:

If the onset date of an adverse event is missing day only, it will be set to:


JNJ-63935937 MYF2001 Statistical Analysis Plan
11
Status: Approved ,  Date: 14 May 2018  
o
First day of the month that the AE occurred, if month/year of the onset of 
AE is different than the month/year of the first dose date 
o
The day of first dose date, if the month/year of the onset of AE is the same 
as month/year of the first dose date and month/year of the AE resolution 
date is different
o
The day of first dose date or day of AE resolution date, whichever is 
earliest, if month/year of the onset of AE and month/year of the first dose 
date and month/year of the AE resolution date are same

If the onset date of an adverse event is missing both day and month, it will be set to 
the earliest of:
o
January 1 of the year of onset, as long as this date is after the first dose date
o
Month and day of the first dose date, if this date is the same year that the 
AE occurred
o
The AE resolution date.

Completely missing onset dates will not be imputed.

Partial AE resolution dates not marked as ongoing will be imputed as follows:

If the resolution date of an adverse event is missing day only, it will be set 
to the earliest of the last day of the month of occurrence of resolution or the 
day of the date of death, if the death occurred in that month.

If the resolution date of an adverse event is missing both day and month, it 
will be set to the earliest of December 31 of the year or the day and month 
of the date of death, if the death occurred in that year.

Completely missing resolution dates will not be imputed.
For start and end dates of concomitant therapies, the global standard AE imputation rules 
listed above will be applied accordingly.
For date of death and date of initial diagnosis, the following rule will be applied.

If date is completely missing, no imputation will be made. 

If year is missing, no imputation will be made.

If only year is present but month and day are missing, then June 30th will be used.

If only day is missing but year and month are available, then the 15th of the month 
will be used. 
However, the above imputations will be modified by the following rules:


JNJ-63935937 MYF2001 Statistical Analysis Plan
12
Status: Approved ,  Date: 14 May 2018  

If such imputed date for initial diagnosis is on or after study consent date, then 
consent date -1 will be used  

If the imputed date is for a date of death and is before the last date that the subject is 
known to be alive, the latter date + 1 will be used.
2.1.4.
Analysis Sets
2.1.4.1.
Treated Analysis Set
The Treated analysis set is defined as all subjects who receive at least 1 dose of study 
drug. It will be used as both the primary efficacy analysis set and safety analysis set.
2.1.4.2.
Intent-to-Treat Analysis Set
The Intent-to-Treat (ITT) analysis set is defined as all subjects randomized into the study
and who will be classified according to their assigned treatment group. It will be used for 
analyses of disposition, demographic, and baseline disease characteristics.
2.1.4.3.
Biomarker Analysis Set
The Biomarker analysis set is defined as all subjects who receive at least 1 dose of study 
drug and have at least one post baseline biomarker assessment done. 
2.1.4.4.
Treated for Week 12/24 Analysis Set
The Treated for Week 12/24 analysis set is defined as all subjects who receive at least 1 
dose of study drug with an observed measurement collected at week 12/24.
2.1.4.5.
Definition of Subgroup
Subgroup analysis will be performed for the selected variables to assess the internal 
consistency of the treatment benefit and/or safety. The subgroup variables and the cutoff 
values are subject to change if warranted to better represent the data. 
Additional 
subgroup analyses (not limited to groups specified in table below) may be performed as 
ad-hoc exploratory analyses.


JNJ-63935937 MYF2001 Statistical Analysis Plan
13
Status: Approved ,  Date: 14 May 2018  
Subgroup
Definition of Group
Analysis Type
Risk
Intermediate 2, High risk
S(a)
Sex
Male, Female
S
Race
White, Asian, Other
S
Age
65, >65  
S
a S: Safety (adverse events) 
2.1.5.
Other General Definitions
2.1.5.1.
Individual Study Start/Treatment Start (Day 1), Study Day and 
Month
Individual Study Start /Treatment start is the date of the Cycle 1, Day 1. If study drug 
was not administered to a subject, study start is defined as the date of randomization.
The study day is equal to the date of the procedure minus the date of study start plus 1. 
A month is defined as 365.25/12 days.
2.1.5.2.
End of Treatment, End of Study, Time on Treatment , and Time 
on Study for Individual Subject
For each individual subject, disposition definitions are defined as below:
End of treatment is defined as the date of the last dose of the study drug. The end of 
Study is the date of death or the date last known to be alive, defined as the maximum date 
of the following study evaluations: randomization, vital signs, ECOG performance status, 
MRIs, physical examination, bone marrow evaluations, labs (hematology, chemistry), 
study drug administration, subsequent therapy, investigator-assessed PD, relapse from 
CR, investigator determined response, and survival follow-up. 
The treatment cycle is defined as 21 days.
Time on treatment (in weeks) is equal to (the end date of treatment – the date of Cycle 1, 
Day 1 + 1)/7. 
Time on study (in months) is equal to (the end date of follow-up – the date of Cycle 1, 
Day 1 + 1)/30.4375.


JNJ-63935937 MYF2001 Statistical Analysis Plan
14
Status: Approved ,  Date: 14 May 2018  
2.1.5.3.
Number of Treatment Cycles Received
The number of cycles received is the number of treatment cycles in which there is at least 
1 nonzero dose of the study drug.
2.1.5.4.
Properties of Treatment Cycles
For each treatment cycle, the following variables are to be derived. 

Cycle delay (≥4 days) to flag if this cycle is delayed 4 or more days (date of Day 1 
in the current cycle – date of Day 1 in the previous cycle is 25 days) and checked on 
the case report form (CRF) by investigator as cycle delayed.

Reasons for cycle delay (4 days) to record reasons for cycle delay (4 days) on 
the CRF. 

Dose reduction to flag if the prescribed dose of the study drug is reduced at least 
once relative to the previous nonzero dose for study drug.

Reasons for dose reduction to record reasons for dose reduction on the CRF. 

Dose withholding to flag if the dose of the study drug is withheld at least once.
The number of doses withheld will also be recorded.

Reasons for dose withholding to record reasons for dose withholding on the CRF. 
Reasons for dose withholding will be recorded for each separate dose withholding 
incident.

Dose modification to flag if the dose of the study drug is modified (delayed, 
reduced, withheld) at least once for study drug. 

Reasons for dose modification - to record reasons for dose modification. 

Number of administered doses to record the number of nonzero doses actually 
administered to a subject for study drug.

Total dose (mg/kg) to record the sum of nonzero doses actually administered to a 
subject for study drug.

Total planned dose (mg/kg) to record the sum of planned nonzero doses for study
drug. 

Dose interval – days between two consecutive dosing dates.
2.1.5.5.
Dose Intensity and Relative Dose Intensity
Dose intensity (mg/kg/cycle) will be calculated for study drug by cycle and overall. 
The overall dose intensity is equal to the sum of the total dose (mg/kg) received in all 
cycles divided by the number of cycle received.


JNJ-63935937 MYF2001 Statistical Analysis Plan
15
Status: Approved ,  Date: 14 May 2018  
The dose intensity per cycle is equal to the sum of the total dose (mg/kg) received in that 
cycle. 
The overall planned dose intensity is equal to the sum of the planned total dose (mg/kg) 
in all cycles divided by the number of cycles received. 
The planned dose intensity per cycle is equal to the sum of the planned total dose (mg/kg) 
in the cycle. 
The relative dose intensity is the ratio of the dose intensity and the planned dose intensity.
2.1.5.6.
Age and Age Categories
Age will be calculated at the date of informed consent and integer values will be used. If 
the date of informed consent is not available, the date of randomization will be used. The 
following categories of age will be used: 65 years, >65 years.
2.1.5.7.
Baseline Values and Subject Disease Characteristics
Refer to Section 2.1.1 for the definition of baseline values. Below are some of key 
disease characteristics.
Bone Marrow Assessments at Baseline
A bone marrow biopsy/aspirate will be performed for all subjects at baseline. Outcomes 
of bone marrow assessments (Degree of Cellularity, Degree of Fibrosis, and Blasts) will 
be reported and captured on eCRF.
Myelofibrosis Symptoms (modified MFSAF v2.0)
Myelofibrosis symptoms will be collected at baseline and recorded on the CRF for each 
item of the questionnaire with possible scores of 0-10.
MF Type 
Myelofibrosis type will be collected at baseline and recorded on the CRF as Primary MF, 
post-ET-MF(PET), and post-PV-MF(PPV). 
DIPPS Risk Scores 
Dynamic International Prognostic Scoring System (DIPSS) risk score will be collected at 
baseline and recorded on the CRF (int-2, high). 


JNJ-63935937 MYF2001 Statistical Analysis Plan
16
Status: Approved ,  Date: 14 May 2018  
Time Since Initial Diagnosis 
Time since initial diagnosis is defined for all subjects and is calculated from the date of 
diagnosis to the date of randomization (month).
2.1.5.8.
Concomitant Medication 
Concomitant medications during study treatment include only those concomitant 
medication records that are indicated on the CRF as not being prior therapy, and have 
the onset date, possibly imputed, no earlier than treatment start and no later than 
treatment end. Concomitant medications include all concomitant medications 
administered during the study, including those indicated on the CRF at study entry.
2.1.5.9.
Protocol Deviations
Subjects with major protocol deviations including eligibility will be listed by treatment 
arm. Major protocol deviations include: developed withdrawal criteria but not 
withdrawn, entered but did not satisfy criteria, received a disallowed concomitant 
treatment, received wrong treatment or incorrect dose, and other.
Protocol deviations will be based on clinical review, but not limited to, the following 
aspects: (1) eligibility criteria, (2) patient safety, (3) efficacy assessment deviation, (4)
treatment compliance. Protocol deviations will be closely monitored during the 
execution of the study and the final set of protocol deviation criteria will be finalized 
before database lock.
2.2.
Interim Analyses and Data Review Committee
2.2.1.
Interim Analyses
There were two interim analyses planned in this study. The first interim review analysis 
was performed when the first 40 evaluable subjects defined as the subjects who had both 
baseline and post baseline spleen measurement per investigator MRI, (20 per treatment 
arm) were followed for at least 12 weeks. The second interim review was performed 
with a clinical cutoff that was 6 months after the clinical cutoff used for the first interim 
review.
The goals of the interim reviews were to assess safety and early efficacy and perform 
comprehensive exposure-response analyses. Based on these analysis, if both doses were
efficacious and had an acceptable safety profile, both arms would continue with 


JNJ-63935937 MYF2001 Statistical Analysis Plan
17
Status: Approved ,  Date: 14 May 2018  
enrollment until approximately 100 subjects per arm were enrolled. If only one dose 
was efficacious and had an acceptable safety profile, then that arm would continue 
enrollment and enrollment would be stopped in the other arm. In the case that both arms 
were not efficacious and safe, an alternative dose may be selected based on the PK/PD 
exposure-response, efficacy, and safety analysis and a protocol amendment would be 
implemented to reflect this. Study enrollment would continue at the time of interim 
reviews. 
Safety would be evaluated using the following parameters (including but not limited to): 
adverse events, serious adverse events, dose modifications and subject compliance. 
PK/PD exposure-response analyses for efficacy parameters (eg, SVR from baseline at 
Week 12), and for safety parameters (e.g., platelets and hemoglobin) would be 
conducted. Biomarkers such as change in TA, TL and hTERT from baseline may be 
evaluated for subjects with available data.
Early efficacy would be evaluated by SVR by MRI and as assessed by the investigator. 
 
 
 
 Other 
efficacy data including symptoms, peripheral blood counts and bone marrow data up to 
interim will be reviewed as well. This guideline is intended to inform the decision, 
which is expected to be multifactorial taking into consideration safety, tolerability, and 
PK/PD modeling.
2.2.2.
Data Review Committees
A sponsor Data Review Committee (DRC) was formed to monitor data on a regular 
basis to ensure the safety of the subjects in this study, assess the evidence of benefit or 
adverse effects of imetelstat, and to monitor the overall conduct of the study. The DRC 
would consist of at least one medical expert in the relevant therapeutic area and at least 
one statistician. At an interim analysis, all available data (e.g. pharmacokinetics [PK], 
safety, efficacy, pharmacodynamics [PD] biomarkers: TA, TL or hTERT) would be 
assessed, and integrated exposure-response analyses with PK/PD, safety and efficacy 
modeling would be conducted. Response data assessed by the investigator up to the 
cutoff date would be used for the interim review. Based on these analyses, the DRC 


JNJ-63935937 MYF2001 Statistical Analysis Plan
18
Status: Approved ,  Date: 14 May 2018  
would determine if enrollment in one or both treatment arms should continue, or if an 
alternative dose should be selected for further development. The DRC is responsible for 
monitoring and reviewing the safety data approximately every 3 months or at an agreed 
upon review interval until all patients discontinued from study treatment and the post 
treatment follow up phase, and at the time of interim review stated above. The review 
consists of at minimum, summaries of overall rates of deaths, serious adverse events 
(SAEs), and all adverse events and relevant laboratory test data. Details (responsibilities, 
authorities, procedures) are provided in the DRC Charter.
An independent Hepatic Expert Committee (HEC) was formed to assess/identify hepatic
risk in study. The HEC would consist of at least two physicians. The DRC and HEC are 
not blinded to the treatment throughout the study. A central Independent Review 
committee (IRC) was formed to assess spleen volume based on MRI scans performed.  
The IRC would consist of reviewers who are experts in reading MRI scans from 
Paraxel/Perceptive.  The IRC reviewers were blinded to the treatment throughout the 
study.
2.3.
Methods of Analysis
2.3.1.
General Analysis Specifications
Unless specified otherwise, summary will be shown by randomized/registered treatment 
arm with descriptive statistics. The dates used in the derivations are those obtained after 
applying the rules specified in Section 2.1.2. 
The intensity (severity) of adverse events and the grade of abnormal laboratory results 
will be assessed using National Cancer Institute Common Terminology Criteria for 
Adverse Events (NCI CTCAE) Version 4.0.
2.3.2.
Demographics and Baseline Characteristics
All demographic and baseline characteristic variables will be summarized for the ITT 
population.
The stratification factors used during randomization (palpation, platelet count) will be 
tabulated. 
Demographic and baseline characteristic data will be summarized, including sex, age 
(years), race, ECOG performance status, region, weight (kg), and height (cm). 


JNJ-63935937 MYF2001 Statistical Analysis Plan
19
Status: Approved ,  Date: 14 May 2018  
Two panels of baseline clinical laboratory tests specified in Section 2.3.9.3 will be 
summarized: hematology, and serum chemistry. Frequencies of CTC grade at baseline 
will be reported. 
Diagnosis will be summarized by type of Myelofibrosis (PMF, ET-MF[PET], PV-
MF[PPV]), risk category (Intermediate-2, High-Risk), relapse criteria (Yes, No for C1-
C4), relapse type (5-10 cm with 100% increase, >10 cm with 50% increase, new spleen), 
age at diagnosis, and time since initial diagnosis (month).
Hepatitis serology test at baseline will be summarized by test type and results.
Myelofibrosis Symptoms at baseline will be summarized using descriptive statistics. 
Transfusion history will be summarized by transfusion in last 12 week (yes, no), total 
transfusion unit, number of transfusion, and transfusion dependency (yes, no)
Medical history will be summarized.
In addition, summaries of bone marrow findings at baseline will be provided. 
2.3.3.
Prior Systemic and Subsequent Anti-cancer Treatment
Frequency distribution (n and percent) of subjects receiving prior systemic treatment
before randomization will be presented, along with medication terms (according to the 
WHO drug dictionary and ATC). Subsequent anticancer treatment will be summarized in 
similar fashion as prior systematic treatment. 
2.3.4.
Prior and Subsequent Radiotherapy 
Frequency distribution (n and percent) of subjects receiving radiotherapy before 
randomization will be provided, along with radiotherapy sites. Subsequent radiotherapy 
treatment will be summarized in a similar fashion as prior radiotherapy treatment.
2.3.5.
Subject Disposition
Disposition information will be summarized for the ITT population.
Subject enrollment will be summarized by country and investigator. 
The number of subjects enrolled, treated, still on treatment, and discontinuing study 
treatment with reasons will be reported for ITT population at the end of treatment. 


JNJ-63935937 MYF2001 Statistical Analysis Plan
20
Status: Approved ,  Date: 14 May 2018  
The number of subjects enrolled, treated, still on study, discontinuing study with reasons 
will be reported for ITT population at the end of study.
Time on treatment (in weeks) and time on study (in months) will be summarized. Time 
on study is defined the same way as overall survival (OS) with reversed censoring, i.e., 
subjects who died will be censored. Based on this definition, time on study is the same as 
length of follow up. The Kaplan-Meier method will be used to estimate the median time 
on study.
2.3.6.
Extent of Exposure
All exposure summaries are to be presented for the treated analysis set.
The number of treatment cycles received will be summarized along with the duration of
treatment exposure, total doses (mg/kg), total number of infusions received, dose interval, 
dose intensity, and relative dose intensity for study drug.  In addition, total doses (mg/kg), 
dose intensity, and relative dose intensity for study drug will be further summarized by 
cycle. For study drug, the following summaries are to be reported: number of subjects 
dosed, number of subjects with dose reduced, dose discontinued, dose withheld, and any 
change in dosing (reduced, withheld, dose delayed). 
Reasons for dose changes will be summarized by cycle, as well as across the study, for 
each of the following changes: cycle delay (4 days), dose reduction, and dose 
withholding. 
For each type of dose changes mentioned above, adverse events leading to changes in 
doses of study treatment will be summarized. 
2.3.7.
Concomitant Medications 
Concomitant therapies other than antineoplastic agents or other systemic therapies for 
MF, post ET-MF, and post PV-MF after randomization will be classified by preferred 
WHO Anatomical Therapeutic Chemical (ATC) and summarized by therapeutic class and 
pharmacological class. Separate analyses will be performed for concomitant medications
started during treatment and for all concomitant medications use (including baseline use).


JNJ-63935937 MYF2001 Statistical Analysis Plan
21
Status: Approved ,  Date: 14 May 2018  
2.3.8.
Efficacy
2.3.8.1.
Analysis Specifications
2.3.8.1.1.
Level of Significance
All tests will be 1-sided. The primary efficacy endpoint will be tested at the overall 
significance level of 0.025. No treatment arm comparison will be performed between the 
two treatment arms.
2.3.8.1.2.
Spleen Assessment by Independent Review Committee (IRC)
MRI of the abdomen will be performed to assess spleen volume. The scans will be sent to 
and read by an Independent Review committee (IRC). The radiological images will be 
collected at baseline and every 12 weeks up to week 48 and then every 24 weeks and at 
time of CR/PR. 
The radiologists will be blinded to treatment assignment. 
2.3.8.1.3.
Modified Myelofibrosis Symptom Assessment Form (modified 
MFSAF v2.0)
Subjects will use a hand-held electronic device to record answers to queries regarding 
MF symptoms. Questions on these symptoms are from the modified MFSAF v2.0 
questionnaire and will be completed by subjects each night beginning at Day -7 (prior to 
randomization), and continuing to the Week 48 visit. Symptoms will be assessed 
including 1) night sweats, 2) itchiness, 3) abdominal discomfort, 4) pain under ribs on left 
side, 5) early satiety, 6) bone or muscle pain, and 7) inactivity. Scoring is from 0 
(absent/as good as it can be) to 10 (worst imaginable/as bad as it can be) for each item. 
The total symptom score (TSS) will be calculated as the 7-day average of daily TSS, 
which is the summation of 6 individual symptom scores (night sweats, itchiness, 
abdominal discomfort, pain under ribs on left side, early satiety, and bone or muscle 
pain).
2.3.8.1.4.
Response Assessment Criteria 
All assessments will be done according to the modified myeloproliferative neoplasms 
research and treatment (IWG-MRT) response criteria defined in the protocol (Table 1, 
Table 2).


JNJ-63935937 MYF2001 Statistical Analysis Plan
22
Status: Approved ,  Date: 14 May 2018  
Table 1:
Response Categories
Response Category
Required Criteria
For all response categories, benefit must last for ≥12 weeks to
qualify as a response
Clinical Improvement 
(CI)
The achievement of anemia, spleen or symptoms response without 
progressive disease or increase in severity of anemia, thrombocytopenia, or 
neutropeniaa
Anemia Response
Subjects not transfusion dependent at baseline: a ≥ 20 g/dL increase in Hbb
Transfusion dependent subjects at baseline: becoming transfusion 
independent. Transfusion independence is defined as absence of any pRBC 
transfusions for at least 12 “rolling” weeksb
Spleen Response
A baseline splenomegaly that is palpable at 5-10 cm, below the LCM, 
becomes not palpable or
A baseline splenomegaly that is palpable at >10 cm, below the LCM, 
decreases by ≥50%
A spleen response requires confirmation by MRI showing >35% spleen 
volume reduction
Symptoms Response
A ≥50% reduction in the modified MFSAF v2.0 TSSc
Progressive Disease
Splenomegaly requires MRI showing a ≥25% increase in spleen volume 
from baseline or
Appearance of a new splenomegaly that is palpable at least 5 cm below the 
LCM or
A ≥100% increase in palpable distance, below LCM, for baseline 
splenomegaly of 5-10 cm or
A 50% increase in palpable distance, below LCM, for baseline 
splenomegaly of >10 cm or
Leukemic transformation confirmed by a bone marrow blast count of >20% 
or
A peripheral blood blast content of >20% associated with an absolute blast 
count of >1 X 10(9)/L that lasts for at least 2 weeks
Stable Disease
Belonging to none of the above listed response categories
Relapse
No longer meeting criteria for at least CI after achieving CR, PR, or CI, or
Loss of anemia response persisting for at least 1 month or
Loss of spleen response persisting for at least 1 month
a
Increase in severity of anemia constitutes the occurrence of new transfusion dependency or a ≥20 g/L decrease in 
hemoglobin level from pretreatment baseline that lasts for at least 12 weeks. Increase in severity of 
thrombocytopenia or neutropenia is defined as a 2-grade decline, from pretreatment baseline, in platelet count or 
absolute neutrophil count, according to the Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events (CTCAE) version 
4.03. In addition, assignment to CI requires a minimum platelet count of ≥25,000 X 109/L and absolute neutrophil 
count of ≥0.5 x 109/L.
b
Transfusion dependency before study enrollment is defined as transfusions of at least 6 units of packed red blood 
cells (PRBC), in the 12 weeks prior to study enrollment, for a hemoglobin level of <85 g/L, in the absence of 
bleeding or treatment-induced anemia. In addition, the most recent transfusion episode must have occurred in the 28 
days prior to study enrollment. Response in transfusion-dependent patients requires absence of any PRBC 
transfusions during any consecutive “rolling” 12-week interval during the treatment phase, capped by a hemoglobin 
level of ≥85 g/L.
c
Symptoms are evaluated by the modified MFSAF v2.0 TSS. The modified MFSAF v2.0 TSS is assessed by the 
patients themselves and this includes night sweats, itchiness, abdominal discomfort, pain under ribs on left side, 
early satiety, bone or muscle pain, and inactivity. Scoring is from 0 (absent/as good as it can be) to 10 (worst 
imaginable/as bad as it can be) for each item. The modified MFSAF v2.0 TSS is the summation of all the individual 
scores, excluding inactivity (0-60 scale). Symptoms response requires ≥50% reduction in the modified MFSAF 
v2.0 TSS


JNJ-63935937 MYF2001 Statistical Analysis Plan
23
Status: Approved ,  Date: 14 May 2018  
For the response categories for CR and PR, the modified 2013 IWG-MRT criteria defined 
in the protocol will be used (Table 2).
Table 2:
Remission Parameters
Parameters
Complete Remission 
(CR)
Partial Remission (PR)
(Scenario 1)
Partial Remission (PR)
(Scenario 2)
For all response categories, benefit must last for >12 weeks to qualify as a response
Bone marrow
Normocellular <5% blasts
≤ Grade 1 fibrosis
Normocellular <5% blasts
≤ Grade 1 fibrosis
Not meeting bone marrow 
remission criteria
Immature myeloid 
cells in PB
<2%
<2% 
<2% 
Hemoglobin
10 g/dL – ULN
8.5 – <10 g/dL – ULN
10 g/dL – ULN
Neutrophils
1 x 109/L – ULN
1 x 109/L – ULN
1 x 109/L – ULN
Platelets
100 x 109/L – ULN
50 - <100 x 109/L – ULN
100 x 109/L – ULN
Spleen
Not palpable and  ≤350ml 
volume
≥35% splenic volumetric 
reduction by MRI or not 
palpable
≥35% splenic volumetric 
reduction by MRI or not 
palpable
EMH
No non-hepato-splenic 
EMH
No non-hepato-splenic 
EMH
No non-hepato-splenic 
EMH
Symptoms
>70% improvement in 
symptom score per 
modified MFSAF v2.0 
TSS
>50% improvement in 
symptom score per 
modified MFSAF v2.0 
TSS
>50% improvement in 
symptom score per 
modified MFSAF v2.0 
TSS
CR=complete remission; EMH=extramedullary hematopoeisis; MFSAF TSS= Modified Myelofibrosis Symptom 
Assessment Form Total Symptom Score; MRI=magnetic resonance imaging; PR=partial response; ULN=upper limit of 
normal
2.3.8.1.5.
Spleen and Response Assessment by Investigator
Spleen and response assessment will be performed locally by investigators based on 
radiological images and using the modified myeloproliferative neoplasms research and 
treatment (IWG-MRT) response criteria (Table 1, Table 2).
In addition, tumor 
assessment of progressive disease (PD) can also be done based on clinical evidence other 
than radiological images, which is collected on the CRF. 


JNJ-63935937 MYF2001 Statistical Analysis Plan
24
Status: Approved ,  Date: 14 May 2018  
2.3.8.1.6.
Spleen Assessment by IRC
Data collected based on radiological images assessed by the IRC will be evaluated and 
summarized.  
2.3.8.1.7.
Best Overall Response
The best overall response is the best response in order of CR/PR/CI/RWCI/SD/PD/NE
recorded from the start of the treatment until disease progression or the start of 
subsequent antineoplastic therapy. 
2.3.8.2.
Primary Efficacy Endpoints
2.3.8.2.1.
Definition and Primary Analysis
The primary endpoints are the spleen response rate based on MRI at Week 24 (spleen 
volume reduction, SVR at Week 24) and symptom response rate at Week 24 (symptom 
improvement at Week 24). The SVR at Week 24 is defined as the proportion of subjects 
who achieve ≥35% reduction in spleen volume at Week 24 and symptom improvement at 
Week 24 is defined as the proportion of subjects who have ≥50% reduction in total 
symptom score at Week 24.
The primary analysis of SVR at Week 24 will be based on assessment of MRI by the IRC. 
The SVR at Week 24 based on assessment of MRI by the investigators will be evaluated 
and used as supportive evidence.
2.3.8.2.2.
Analysis Methods
No treatment comparison between treatment arms for SVR at Week 24 will be performed. 
The estimates of the SVR at week 24 and symptom improvement at Week 24 in each 
treatment arm will be presented along with 95% exact confidence intervals based on the
treated analysis set.
2.3.8.3.
Secondary Efficacy Variables
2.3.8.3.1.
Response-Related Endpoints per modified IWG-MRT criteria
Overall Response Rate
Overall response rate (ORR) is defined as the proportion of subjects who achieve 
complete remission (CR) or partial remission (PR) per modified IWG-MRT criteria based 
on the overall response assessment for the treated population.


JNJ-63935937 MYF2001 Statistical Analysis Plan
25
Status: Approved ,  Date: 14 May 2018  
Clinical Improvement
Clinical improvement rate (CI) is defined as the proportion of subjects who achieve CI
per modified IWG-MRT criteria based on the overall response assessment for the treated 
population. Clinical response rate (CRR) is defined as the proportion of subjects who 
achieve CR, PR, or CI per modified IWG-MRT criteria for the treated population. 
Anemia, Spleen, and Symptom Response per Modified IWG-MRT Criteria
Anemia response, spleen response, and symptom response are all defined per modified 
2013 IWG-MRT criteria as Table 1.
Analysis Methods
An estimate of the ORR/CRR rate in each treatment arm will be presented along with 
95% exact confidence intervals. The number and percentage of subjects falling into each 
response category will be descriptively tabulated.  
CI rate, rate of anemia response, spleen response, and symptom response will be analyzed 
using the same method as it is done for ORR/CRR. 
Best overall response will be tabulated.
The ORR/CRR and other response endpoints such as CI, anemia response, spleen 
response, symptom response per modified IWG-MRT criteria based on assessment of 
IRC and investigator will be evaluated and analyzed separately. 
2.3.8.3.2.
Duration of Response
Definition
Response endpoints include: CR/PR, CR/PR/CI, anemia response, spleen response, and 
symptom response per modified IWG-MRT criteria. For each of the response endpoints, 
duration of response will be calculated from the date of initial documentation of a 
response to the date of first documented evidence of PD or death, whichever occurs first,
regardless of the use of subsequent anti-cancer therapy prior to PD or death. Subjects 
who are progression-free and alive, or have unknown status will be censored at the last 
disease assessment.
Analysis Methods
The Kaplan-Meier method will be used to descriptively summarize each duration of 
responses for responders: CR/PR, CR/PR/CI, Spleen, Anemia, and Symptom Response 


JNJ-63935937 MYF2001 Statistical Analysis Plan
26
Status: Approved ,  Date: 14 May 2018  
per modified 2013 IWG-MRT criteria. Analyses based on IRC response and investigator 
response will be performed separately. 
2.3.8.4.
Overall Survival 
Definition
Overall Survival is measured from the date of Cycle 1, Day 1 to the date of the subject’s 
death. If the subject is alive or the vital status is unknown, OS will be censored at the 
date that the subject is last known to be alive.
Analysis Methods
The Kaplan-Meier method will be used to estimate the distribution of OS for each 
treatment arm. One- and two-year overall survival rates, based on Kaplan-Meier 
estimates, for the 2 treatment arms will be presented, along with their 95% confidence 
interval. 
Analysis based on the ITT population will be the core analysis for OS analysis. In 
addition, the following analyses for overall survival will be performed:
1) Overall survival time with censoring at dose escalation for subjects who were in 
Arm B and subsequently dose escalated to 9.4 mg/kg
2) Overall survival time with Rank Preserving Structural Failure Time (RPSFT) 
Method and Overall survival time with Inverse Probability of Censoring 
Weighting (IPCW) Method
3) Overall survival time excluding subjects who were in Arm B and subsequently 
dose escalated to 9.4 mg/kg
4) Overall survival time excluding subjects who were enrolled on or after Sept 9, 
2016, when at the time study enrollment was suspended. Those subjects who were 
already in screening phase and subsequently determined to be eligible for the 
study, were allowed to proceed with treatment assignment to the 9.4 mg/kg arm 
per investigator discretion, subject agreement, and IRB/IEC notification.
2.3.8.5.
Exploratory Analyses
To explore the potential benefit, efficacy signal of imetelstat on MF patients, exploratory 
analyses may be conducted include but not limited to: 


JNJ-63935937 MYF2001 Statistical Analysis Plan
27
Status: Approved ,  Date: 14 May 2018  

TSS score, spleen volume and spleen length will be summarized over time, along 
with plots. 

Waterfall plots of TSS score, spleen volume, and spleen length collected at Week 24 
will be generated to evaluate pattern of changes from baseline. 

Time to spleen response, which is defined as time from date of the Cycle 1, Day 1 to 
the date of the first documented spleen response (SVR >=35%), will be descriptively 
summarized for subjects who achieve spleen response.

Time to symptom response, which is defined as time from date of the cycle 1, Day 1
to the date of the first documented symptom response (TSS>=50%), will be 
descriptively summarized for subjects who achieve symptom response.

Time to anemia response will be descriptively summarized for anemia responders
per modified IWG-MRT criteria.

Improvement of fibrosis grade is defined as a fibrosis grade better than baseline 
fibrosis grade. The proportion of subjects who achieve improvement of fibrosis 
grade for the treated population will be summarized.
For interim analysis, Week 12 data will be used instead of Week 24 when it is applicable,
including, but not limited to, leukemia free survival, bone marrow (fibrosis grade, blasts, 
cellularity), transfusion reduction/ transfusion independence.
To explore the potential benefit related to transfusion, the analyses of rate of 12-week 
RBC TI response and time to 12-week RBC TI response will be performed.
2.3.8.6.
Patient-Reported Outcomes (PRO) 
2.3.8.6.1.
EORTC QLQ-C30
EORTC QLQ-C30 includes 30 separate items resulting in 6 functional scales (global 
health status, physical functioning, role functioning, emotional functioning, cognitive 
functioning, and social functioning) plus 3 symptom scales (fatigue, nausea and vomiting, 
and pain), Scores will be derived using validated scoring algorithms according to EORTC 
QLQ-C30 Scoring Manual (3rd Edition, 2001).
2.3.8.6.2.
EQ-5D-5L
The EQ-5D is a 5-item questionnaire and a “thermometer” visual analogue scale ranging 
from 0 (worst imaginable health state) to 100 (best imaginable health state). The scores 
for the 5 separate questions are categorical and should not be analyzed as ordinal 
numbers.


JNJ-63935937 MYF2001 Statistical Analysis Plan
28
Status: Approved ,  Date: 14 May 2018  
The scores for the 5 categorical dimensions will be used to compute a single utility score 
ranging from zero (0.0) to 1 (1.0) representing the general health status of the individual. 
The United Kingdom weights will be used to generate patient utilities from the 5 
dimensions of the EQ-5D in this study.  
2.3.8.6.3.
Brief Pain Inventory (BPI)
The BPI is a 7-item questionnaire. 
2.3.8.6.4.
Patient’s Global Impression of Change (PGIC)
The PGIC is a questionnaire form with scores ranging from 1 (Very much improved) to 7 
(Very much worse).  
2.3.8.6.5.
Analysis Methods for PRO
Descriptive statistics (N, mean, SD, median, minimum, maximum) at baseline and each 
post-baseline time point is reported by treatment arm for each scale of EORTC QLQ-
C30, EQ 5D visual analogue scale and weighted utility score, BPI, and PGIC. Analyses 
of compliance will be performed for each PRO measures. 
The PRO measure of interest is EORTC-QL-C30 and BPI. Value of threshold for 
improvement/worsening is estimated by distribution based method. Specifically, 
improvement/ worsening is defined as ≥ half of standard deviation at baseline points for each 
assessment post baseline (add ref Norman 2003). Rate of improvement/worsening, and time to 
improvement/worsening for EORTC-QL-C30 and BPI will be summarized for each 
treatment arm.
2.3.8.7.
Biomarker
Biomarker parameters of Telomerase Activity (TA), Telomere Length (TL), hTERT 
RNA Expression (hTERT), molecular response and Cytogenetic response will be 
assessed at day 1, day 8 of Cycle 1, day 1 of cycle 2, at time of CR/PR, and at time of 
PD. The change and percent change of each parameter (TA, TL, and hTERT) will be 
summarized (N, mean, SD, minimum, maximum) at each scheduled assessment visit, 
along with plots. Cytogenetic response rate and molecular response will be derived 
according to IWG-MRT criteria and will be summarized based on biomarker evaluable 
population. A separate biomarker SAP may be prepared, and results of biomarker analyses may 
be presented in a separate report.
2.3.9.
Safety
The safety of the treatment arms will be summarized using laboratory test results, vital 
sign measurements, physical examination results, and the incidence and severity of 
adverse events. 


JNJ-63935937 MYF2001 Statistical Analysis Plan
29
Status: Approved ,  Date: 14 May 2018  
2.3.9.1.
Adverse Events
Treatment-emergent adverse events are defined as any adverse event that occurs after 
administration of the first dose of study drug and through 30 days after the last dose of 
study drug, any event that is considered drug-related (possibly, probably, or possibly 
related) regardless of the start date of the event, or any event that is present at baseline 
but worsens in intensity or is subsequently considered drug-related by the investigator. 
The severity of adverse events will be assessed using NCI CTCAE Version 4.0. 
The Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities (MedDRA version 20.0) dictionary will 
be used to code the investigator’s adverse event terms to preferred term and system organ 
class. Adverse event tables will summarize incidence by the treatment arm actually 
received.
For each AE, its relationship to study drug is determined by the investigator and recorded 
on the CRF. An adverse event is considered as related to study drug if it is possibly, 
probably, or very likely related to study drug imetelstat.
An overview of treatment-emergent adverse events as well as the incidence of 
treatment-emergent adverse event will be summarized. The following tabulations will 
also be presented:

Incidence of treatment-emergent adverse events by system organ class and preferred 
term.

Incidence of treatment-emergent adverse events, especially the most commonly 
reported events, ie, those events reported by at least 5% of subjects, by MedDRA 
system organ class and preferred term.

Incidence of treatment-emergent adverse events considered by the investigator to be 
related to study drug, by system organ class and preferred term. 

Incidence of treatment-emergent adverse events by CTCAE toxicity grade. 

Incidence of treatment-emergent adverse events leading to withdrawal from treatment 
by system organ class and preferred term (adverse events leading to discontinuation
of all study drugs).

Incidence of treatment-emergent adverse events leading to death by system organ 
class and preferred term. 
For treatment-emergent adverse events with CTCAE toxicity Grade 3, 4, or 5, the 
following summaries are to be produced:


JNJ-63935937 MYF2001 Statistical Analysis Plan
30
Status: Approved ,  Date: 14 May 2018  

Incidence of Grade 3, 4, or 5 treatment-emergent adverse events, by system organ 
class and preferred term. 

Incidence of Grade 3, 4, or 5 treatment-emergent adverse events considered by the 
investigator to be related to study drug, by system organ class and preferred term.
For treatment-emergent serious adverse events, the following summaries are to be 
produced:

Incidence of treatment-emergent serious adverse events, by system organ class and 
preferred term. 

Incidence of treatment-emergent serious adverse events considered by the investigator 
to be related to study drug, by system organ class and preferred term.

Incidence of treatment-emergent serious adverse events by relationship to study drug.
The subgroup analyses of adverse events will be done as specified in Section 2.1.3.5.
Tabulation for adverse events of interest (hepatic AE, site reaction AE) will be provided.
Details will be specified in Data Presentation Specifications (DPS).
2.3.9.2.
Death
Tabulations will be produced for all-cause mortality 30 and 60 days after the first dose, 
and within 30 days after the last dose, as well as all deaths for all subjects treated. The 
cause of death will also be summarized in this table. In particular, frequencies of deaths 
that are due to study treatment-related adverse events will also be reported.
2.3.9.3.
Clinical Laboratory Tests
Laboratory data of hematology and clinical chemistry up to 30 days after last dose will be 
reported in SI units. 
Summary statistics (N, mean, SD, median, and range) will be calculated for the raw data 
and for their changes from baseline by scheduled visits, as well as for last value and for 
the changes from baseline to the last value. Within a cycle, summary statistics from the 
worst values will be provided. Individual values outside the normal ranges will be 
identified (by “H” for high and “L” for low) in the data listings displaying the absolute 
values for each subject.
Displays of over-time summaries will be presented for the following key laboratory 
parameters: hemoglobin, white blood cell count, absolute neutrophil count, platelet count, 
manual 
percent 
immature 
myeloid 
cells 
(blasts, 
promyelocytes, 


JNJ-63935937 MYF2001 Statistical Analysis Plan
31
Status: Approved ,  Date: 14 May 2018  
myelocytes,metamyelocytes and nucleated RBC), sodium, alkaline phosphatase,
potassium, lactic acid dehydrogenase, blood urea nitrogen, albumin, creatinine, serum 
ferritin, alanine aminotransferase (ALT), aspartate aminotransferase (AST), total 
bilirubin (with fractionation if abnormal), INR(or PT) and aPTT • INR (or PT) and aPTT.
Shift tables for each cycle will be produced for selected laboratory parameters, to include 
hemoglobin, white blood cell count, neutrophils, platelet count, creatinine, total bilirubin, 
ALT, AST, lactic dehydrogenase, sodium, and potassium. These tables will summarize 
by cycle the number of subjects with each baseline CTC grade and changes to the 
maximum CTCAE grade in the cycle. For laboratory parameters without CTCAE grade, 
shifts from baseline to highest per cycle (Low, Normal, High) categories will be used.
Shift tables from baseline to worst value on treatment (from treatment start to 30 days 
after last dose or the end of treatment visit date, whichever is later) will also be provided. 
The worst toxicity grade during the treatment will be tabulated.
In addition, incidence of persistent (≥2 or 4 weeks) and severe (≥3 or 4 grade) cytopenia
(thrombocytopenia/neutropenia) will be evaluated.  Maximum post-baseline CTCAE
grade for anemia, leukopenia, neutropenia, and thrombocytopenia will be tabulated.         
2.3.9.4.
ECOG Performance Status
The ECOG Performance Status scores will be summarized over time. Change in ECOG 
scores from baseline will also be summarized.


JNJ-63935937 MYF2001 Statistical Analysis Plan
32
Status: Approved ,  Date: 14 May 2018  
REFERENCES
1.
Berger, RL. Multiparameter hypothesis testing and acceptance sampling. Technometrics. 1982;24:295-
300
2.
O'Brien PC, Fleming TR. A multiple testing procedure for clinical trials. Biometrics. 1979;35(3):549-
556
3.
Cella DF, Tulsky DS, Gray G, et al. The Functional Assessment of Cancer Therapy scale: development 
and validation of the general measure. J Clin Oncol 1993;11:570-9..
4.
Yellen SB, Cella DF, Webster K, et al. Measuring fatigue and other anemia-related symptoms with the 
Functional Assessment of Cancer Therapy (FACT) measurement system. J. Pain Symptom Manage 
1997;13:63-74
5.
Norman GR, Sloan JA, Wyrwich KW (May 2003). "Interpretation of changes in health-related quality 
of life: the remarkable universality of half a standard deviation". Med Care 41 (5): 582–92.